1 /* Graphical user interface functions for the Microsoft Windows API.
3 Copyright (C) 1989, 1992-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
7 GNU Emacs is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GNU Emacs. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
20 /* Added by Kevin Gallo */
36 #include "character.h"
38 #include "intervals.h"
39 #include "dispextern.h"
41 #include "blockinput.h"
48 #include "termhooks.h"
50 #include "w32common.h"
55 #endif /* WINDOWSNT */
63 #include "bitmaps/gray.xbm"
78 #ifndef FOF_NO_CONNECTED_ELEMENTS
79 #define FOF_NO_CONNECTED_ELEMENTS 0x2000
82 void syms_of_w32fns (void);
83 void globals_of_w32fns (void);
85 extern void free_frame_menubar (struct frame
*);
86 extern int w32_console_toggle_lock_key (int, Lisp_Object
);
87 extern void w32_menu_display_help (HWND
, HMENU
, UINT
, UINT
);
88 extern void w32_free_menu_strings (HWND
);
89 extern const char *map_w32_filename (const char *, const char **);
90 extern char * w32_strerror (int error_no
);
93 #define IDC_HAND MAKEINTRESOURCE(32649)
96 /* Prefix for system colors. */
97 #define SYSTEM_COLOR_PREFIX "System"
98 #define SYSTEM_COLOR_PREFIX_LEN (sizeof (SYSTEM_COLOR_PREFIX) - 1)
100 /* State variables for emulating a three button mouse. */
105 static int button_state
= 0;
106 static W32Msg saved_mouse_button_msg
;
107 static unsigned mouse_button_timer
= 0; /* non-zero when timer is active */
108 static W32Msg saved_mouse_move_msg
;
109 static unsigned mouse_move_timer
= 0;
111 /* Window that is tracking the mouse. */
112 static HWND track_mouse_window
;
114 /* Multi-monitor API definitions that are not pulled from the headers
115 since we are compiling for NT 4. */
116 #ifndef MONITOR_DEFAULT_TO_NEAREST
117 #define MONITOR_DEFAULT_TO_NEAREST 2
119 #ifndef MONITORINFOF_PRIMARY
120 #define MONITORINFOF_PRIMARY 1
122 #ifndef SM_XVIRTUALSCREEN
123 #define SM_XVIRTUALSCREEN 76
125 #ifndef SM_YVIRTUALSCREEN
126 #define SM_YVIRTUALSCREEN 77
128 /* MinGW headers define MONITORINFO unconditionally, but MSVC ones don't.
129 To avoid a compile error on one or the other, redefine with a new name. */
138 #ifndef CCHDEVICENAME
139 #define CCHDEVICENAME 32
141 struct MONITOR_INFO_EX
147 char szDevice
[CCHDEVICENAME
];
150 /* Reportedly, MSVC does not have this in its headers. */
151 #if defined (_MSC_VER) && _WIN32_WINNT < 0x0500
152 DECLARE_HANDLE(HMONITOR
);
155 typedef BOOL (WINAPI
* TrackMouseEvent_Proc
)
156 (IN OUT LPTRACKMOUSEEVENT lpEventTrack
);
157 typedef LONG (WINAPI
* ImmGetCompositionString_Proc
)
158 (IN HIMC context
, IN DWORD index
, OUT LPVOID buffer
, IN DWORD bufLen
);
159 typedef HIMC (WINAPI
* ImmGetContext_Proc
) (IN HWND window
);
160 typedef HWND (WINAPI
* ImmReleaseContext_Proc
) (IN HWND wnd
, IN HIMC context
);
161 typedef HWND (WINAPI
* ImmSetCompositionWindow_Proc
) (IN HIMC context
,
162 IN COMPOSITIONFORM
*form
);
163 typedef HMONITOR (WINAPI
* MonitorFromPoint_Proc
) (IN POINT pt
, IN DWORD flags
);
164 typedef BOOL (WINAPI
* GetMonitorInfo_Proc
)
165 (IN HMONITOR monitor
, OUT
struct MONITOR_INFO
* info
);
166 typedef HMONITOR (WINAPI
* MonitorFromWindow_Proc
)
167 (IN HWND hwnd
, IN DWORD dwFlags
);
168 typedef BOOL
CALLBACK (* MonitorEnum_Proc
)
169 (IN HMONITOR monitor
, IN HDC hdc
, IN RECT
*rcMonitor
, IN LPARAM dwData
);
170 typedef BOOL (WINAPI
* EnumDisplayMonitors_Proc
)
171 (IN HDC hdc
, IN RECT
*rcClip
, IN MonitorEnum_Proc fnEnum
, IN LPARAM dwData
);
173 TrackMouseEvent_Proc track_mouse_event_fn
= NULL
;
174 ImmGetCompositionString_Proc get_composition_string_fn
= NULL
;
175 ImmGetContext_Proc get_ime_context_fn
= NULL
;
176 ImmReleaseContext_Proc release_ime_context_fn
= NULL
;
177 ImmSetCompositionWindow_Proc set_ime_composition_window_fn
= NULL
;
178 MonitorFromPoint_Proc monitor_from_point_fn
= NULL
;
179 GetMonitorInfo_Proc get_monitor_info_fn
= NULL
;
180 MonitorFromWindow_Proc monitor_from_window_fn
= NULL
;
181 EnumDisplayMonitors_Proc enum_display_monitors_fn
= NULL
;
184 #define unicode_append_menu AppendMenuW
185 #else /* !NTGUI_UNICODE */
186 extern AppendMenuW_Proc unicode_append_menu
;
187 #endif /* NTGUI_UNICODE */
189 /* Flag to selectively ignore WM_IME_CHAR messages. */
190 static int ignore_ime_char
= 0;
192 /* W95 mousewheel handler */
193 unsigned int msh_mousewheel
= 0;
196 #define MOUSE_BUTTON_ID 1
197 #define MOUSE_MOVE_ID 2
198 #define MENU_FREE_ID 3
199 /* The delay (milliseconds) before a menu is freed after WM_EXITMENULOOP
201 #define MENU_FREE_DELAY 1000
202 static unsigned menu_free_timer
= 0;
205 static int image_cache_refcount
, dpyinfo_refcount
;
208 static HWND w32_visible_system_caret_hwnd
;
210 static int w32_unicode_gui
;
213 extern HMENU current_popup_menu
;
214 int menubar_in_use
= 0;
216 /* From w32uniscribe.c */
217 extern void syms_of_w32uniscribe (void);
218 extern int uniscribe_available
;
221 /* From w32inevt.c */
222 extern int faked_key
;
223 #endif /* WINDOWSNT */
225 /* This gives us the page size and the size of the allocation unit on NT. */
226 SYSTEM_INFO sysinfo_cache
;
228 /* This gives us version, build, and platform identification. */
229 OSVERSIONINFO osinfo_cache
;
231 DWORD_PTR syspage_mask
= 0;
233 /* The major and minor versions of NT. */
234 int w32_major_version
;
235 int w32_minor_version
;
236 int w32_build_number
;
238 /* Distinguish between Windows NT and Windows 95. */
242 HINSTANCE hinst
= NULL
;
245 static unsigned int sound_type
= 0xFFFFFFFF;
246 #define MB_EMACS_SILENT (0xFFFFFFFF - 1)
248 /* Let the user specify a display with a frame.
249 nil stands for the selected frame--or, if that is not a w32 frame,
250 the first display on the list. */
252 struct w32_display_info
*
253 check_x_display_info (Lisp_Object object
)
257 struct frame
*sf
= XFRAME (selected_frame
);
259 if (FRAME_W32_P (sf
) && FRAME_LIVE_P (sf
))
260 return FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (sf
);
262 return &one_w32_display_info
;
264 else if (TERMINALP (object
))
266 struct terminal
*t
= decode_live_terminal (object
);
268 if (t
->type
!= output_w32
)
269 error ("Terminal %d is not a W32 display", t
->id
);
271 return t
->display_info
.w32
;
273 else if (STRINGP (object
))
274 return x_display_info_for_name (object
);
279 CHECK_LIVE_FRAME (object
);
281 if (! FRAME_W32_P (f
))
282 error ("Non-W32 frame used");
283 return FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
287 /* Return the Emacs frame-object corresponding to an w32 window.
288 It could be the frame's main window or an icon window. */
291 x_window_to_frame (struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
, HWND wdesc
)
293 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
296 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
299 if (!FRAME_W32_P (f
) || FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) != dpyinfo
)
302 if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
) == wdesc
)
309 static Lisp_Object
unwind_create_frame (Lisp_Object
);
310 static void unwind_create_tip_frame (Lisp_Object
);
311 static void my_create_window (struct frame
*);
312 static void my_create_tip_window (struct frame
*);
314 /* TODO: Native Input Method support; see x_create_im. */
315 void x_set_foreground_color (struct frame
*, Lisp_Object
, Lisp_Object
);
316 void x_set_background_color (struct frame
*, Lisp_Object
, Lisp_Object
);
317 void x_set_mouse_color (struct frame
*, Lisp_Object
, Lisp_Object
);
318 void x_set_cursor_color (struct frame
*, Lisp_Object
, Lisp_Object
);
319 void x_set_border_color (struct frame
*, Lisp_Object
, Lisp_Object
);
320 void x_set_cursor_type (struct frame
*, Lisp_Object
, Lisp_Object
);
321 void x_set_icon_type (struct frame
*, Lisp_Object
, Lisp_Object
);
322 void x_set_icon_name (struct frame
*, Lisp_Object
, Lisp_Object
);
323 void x_explicitly_set_name (struct frame
*, Lisp_Object
, Lisp_Object
);
324 void x_set_menu_bar_lines (struct frame
*, Lisp_Object
, Lisp_Object
);
325 void x_set_title (struct frame
*, Lisp_Object
, Lisp_Object
);
326 void x_set_tool_bar_lines (struct frame
*, Lisp_Object
, Lisp_Object
);
327 void x_set_internal_border_width (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object
, Lisp_Object
);
330 /* Store the screen positions of frame F into XPTR and YPTR.
331 These are the positions of the containing window manager window,
332 not Emacs's own window. */
335 x_real_positions (struct frame
*f
, int *xptr
, int *yptr
)
340 /* Get the bounds of the WM window. */
341 GetWindowRect (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
), &rect
);
346 /* Convert (0, 0) in the client area to screen co-ordinates. */
347 ClientToScreen (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
), &pt
);
349 /* Remember x_pixels_diff and y_pixels_diff. */
350 f
->x_pixels_diff
= pt
.x
- rect
.left
;
351 f
->y_pixels_diff
= pt
.y
- rect
.top
;
357 /* Returns the window rectangle appropriate for the given fullscreen mode.
358 The normal rect parameter was the window's rectangle prior to entering
359 fullscreen mode. If multiple monitor support is available, the nearest
360 monitor to the window is chosen. */
363 w32_fullscreen_rect (HWND hwnd
, int fsmode
, RECT normal
, RECT
*rect
)
365 struct MONITOR_INFO mi
= { sizeof(mi
) };
366 if (monitor_from_window_fn
&& get_monitor_info_fn
)
369 monitor_from_window_fn (hwnd
, MONITOR_DEFAULT_TO_NEAREST
);
370 get_monitor_info_fn (monitor
, &mi
);
374 mi
.rcMonitor
.left
= 0;
375 mi
.rcMonitor
.top
= 0;
376 mi
.rcMonitor
.right
= GetSystemMetrics (SM_CXSCREEN
);
377 mi
.rcMonitor
.bottom
= GetSystemMetrics (SM_CYSCREEN
);
380 mi
.rcWork
.right
= GetSystemMetrics (SM_CXMAXIMIZED
);
381 mi
.rcWork
.bottom
= GetSystemMetrics (SM_CYMAXIMIZED
);
386 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
387 rect
->left
= mi
.rcMonitor
.left
;
388 rect
->top
= mi
.rcMonitor
.top
;
389 rect
->right
= mi
.rcMonitor
.right
;
390 rect
->bottom
= mi
.rcMonitor
.bottom
;
392 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
393 rect
->left
= mi
.rcWork
.left
;
394 rect
->top
= normal
.top
;
395 rect
->right
= mi
.rcWork
.right
;
396 rect
->bottom
= normal
.bottom
;
398 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
399 rect
->left
= normal
.left
;
400 rect
->top
= mi
.rcWork
.top
;
401 rect
->right
= normal
.right
;
402 rect
->bottom
= mi
.rcWork
.bottom
;
412 DEFUN ("w32-define-rgb-color", Fw32_define_rgb_color
,
413 Sw32_define_rgb_color
, 4, 4, 0,
414 doc
: /* Convert RGB numbers to a Windows color reference and associate with NAME.
415 This adds or updates a named color to `w32-color-map', making it
416 available for use. The original entry's RGB ref is returned, or nil
417 if the entry is new. */)
418 (Lisp_Object red
, Lisp_Object green
, Lisp_Object blue
, Lisp_Object name
)
421 Lisp_Object oldrgb
= Qnil
;
425 CHECK_NUMBER (green
);
429 XSETINT (rgb
, RGB (XUINT (red
), XUINT (green
), XUINT (blue
)));
433 /* replace existing entry in w32-color-map or add new entry. */
434 entry
= Fassoc (name
, Vw32_color_map
);
437 entry
= Fcons (name
, rgb
);
438 Vw32_color_map
= Fcons (entry
, Vw32_color_map
);
442 oldrgb
= Fcdr (entry
);
443 Fsetcdr (entry
, rgb
);
451 /* The default colors for the w32 color map */
452 typedef struct colormap_t
458 colormap_t w32_color_map
[] =
460 {"snow" , PALETTERGB (255,250,250)},
461 {"ghost white" , PALETTERGB (248,248,255)},
462 {"GhostWhite" , PALETTERGB (248,248,255)},
463 {"white smoke" , PALETTERGB (245,245,245)},
464 {"WhiteSmoke" , PALETTERGB (245,245,245)},
465 {"gainsboro" , PALETTERGB (220,220,220)},
466 {"floral white" , PALETTERGB (255,250,240)},
467 {"FloralWhite" , PALETTERGB (255,250,240)},
468 {"old lace" , PALETTERGB (253,245,230)},
469 {"OldLace" , PALETTERGB (253,245,230)},
470 {"linen" , PALETTERGB (250,240,230)},
471 {"antique white" , PALETTERGB (250,235,215)},
472 {"AntiqueWhite" , PALETTERGB (250,235,215)},
473 {"papaya whip" , PALETTERGB (255,239,213)},
474 {"PapayaWhip" , PALETTERGB (255,239,213)},
475 {"blanched almond" , PALETTERGB (255,235,205)},
476 {"BlanchedAlmond" , PALETTERGB (255,235,205)},
477 {"bisque" , PALETTERGB (255,228,196)},
478 {"peach puff" , PALETTERGB (255,218,185)},
479 {"PeachPuff" , PALETTERGB (255,218,185)},
480 {"navajo white" , PALETTERGB (255,222,173)},
481 {"NavajoWhite" , PALETTERGB (255,222,173)},
482 {"moccasin" , PALETTERGB (255,228,181)},
483 {"cornsilk" , PALETTERGB (255,248,220)},
484 {"ivory" , PALETTERGB (255,255,240)},
485 {"lemon chiffon" , PALETTERGB (255,250,205)},
486 {"LemonChiffon" , PALETTERGB (255,250,205)},
487 {"seashell" , PALETTERGB (255,245,238)},
488 {"honeydew" , PALETTERGB (240,255,240)},
489 {"mint cream" , PALETTERGB (245,255,250)},
490 {"MintCream" , PALETTERGB (245,255,250)},
491 {"azure" , PALETTERGB (240,255,255)},
492 {"alice blue" , PALETTERGB (240,248,255)},
493 {"AliceBlue" , PALETTERGB (240,248,255)},
494 {"lavender" , PALETTERGB (230,230,250)},
495 {"lavender blush" , PALETTERGB (255,240,245)},
496 {"LavenderBlush" , PALETTERGB (255,240,245)},
497 {"misty rose" , PALETTERGB (255,228,225)},
498 {"MistyRose" , PALETTERGB (255,228,225)},
499 {"white" , PALETTERGB (255,255,255)},
500 {"black" , PALETTERGB ( 0, 0, 0)},
501 {"dark slate gray" , PALETTERGB ( 47, 79, 79)},
502 {"DarkSlateGray" , PALETTERGB ( 47, 79, 79)},
503 {"dark slate grey" , PALETTERGB ( 47, 79, 79)},
504 {"DarkSlateGrey" , PALETTERGB ( 47, 79, 79)},
505 {"dim gray" , PALETTERGB (105,105,105)},
506 {"DimGray" , PALETTERGB (105,105,105)},
507 {"dim grey" , PALETTERGB (105,105,105)},
508 {"DimGrey" , PALETTERGB (105,105,105)},
509 {"slate gray" , PALETTERGB (112,128,144)},
510 {"SlateGray" , PALETTERGB (112,128,144)},
511 {"slate grey" , PALETTERGB (112,128,144)},
512 {"SlateGrey" , PALETTERGB (112,128,144)},
513 {"light slate gray" , PALETTERGB (119,136,153)},
514 {"LightSlateGray" , PALETTERGB (119,136,153)},
515 {"light slate grey" , PALETTERGB (119,136,153)},
516 {"LightSlateGrey" , PALETTERGB (119,136,153)},
517 {"gray" , PALETTERGB (190,190,190)},
518 {"grey" , PALETTERGB (190,190,190)},
519 {"light grey" , PALETTERGB (211,211,211)},
520 {"LightGrey" , PALETTERGB (211,211,211)},
521 {"light gray" , PALETTERGB (211,211,211)},
522 {"LightGray" , PALETTERGB (211,211,211)},
523 {"midnight blue" , PALETTERGB ( 25, 25,112)},
524 {"MidnightBlue" , PALETTERGB ( 25, 25,112)},
525 {"navy" , PALETTERGB ( 0, 0,128)},
526 {"navy blue" , PALETTERGB ( 0, 0,128)},
527 {"NavyBlue" , PALETTERGB ( 0, 0,128)},
528 {"cornflower blue" , PALETTERGB (100,149,237)},
529 {"CornflowerBlue" , PALETTERGB (100,149,237)},
530 {"dark slate blue" , PALETTERGB ( 72, 61,139)},
531 {"DarkSlateBlue" , PALETTERGB ( 72, 61,139)},
532 {"slate blue" , PALETTERGB (106, 90,205)},
533 {"SlateBlue" , PALETTERGB (106, 90,205)},
534 {"medium slate blue" , PALETTERGB (123,104,238)},
535 {"MediumSlateBlue" , PALETTERGB (123,104,238)},
536 {"light slate blue" , PALETTERGB (132,112,255)},
537 {"LightSlateBlue" , PALETTERGB (132,112,255)},
538 {"medium blue" , PALETTERGB ( 0, 0,205)},
539 {"MediumBlue" , PALETTERGB ( 0, 0,205)},
540 {"royal blue" , PALETTERGB ( 65,105,225)},
541 {"RoyalBlue" , PALETTERGB ( 65,105,225)},
542 {"blue" , PALETTERGB ( 0, 0,255)},
543 {"dodger blue" , PALETTERGB ( 30,144,255)},
544 {"DodgerBlue" , PALETTERGB ( 30,144,255)},
545 {"deep sky blue" , PALETTERGB ( 0,191,255)},
546 {"DeepSkyBlue" , PALETTERGB ( 0,191,255)},
547 {"sky blue" , PALETTERGB (135,206,235)},
548 {"SkyBlue" , PALETTERGB (135,206,235)},
549 {"light sky blue" , PALETTERGB (135,206,250)},
550 {"LightSkyBlue" , PALETTERGB (135,206,250)},
551 {"steel blue" , PALETTERGB ( 70,130,180)},
552 {"SteelBlue" , PALETTERGB ( 70,130,180)},
553 {"light steel blue" , PALETTERGB (176,196,222)},
554 {"LightSteelBlue" , PALETTERGB (176,196,222)},
555 {"light blue" , PALETTERGB (173,216,230)},
556 {"LightBlue" , PALETTERGB (173,216,230)},
557 {"powder blue" , PALETTERGB (176,224,230)},
558 {"PowderBlue" , PALETTERGB (176,224,230)},
559 {"pale turquoise" , PALETTERGB (175,238,238)},
560 {"PaleTurquoise" , PALETTERGB (175,238,238)},
561 {"dark turquoise" , PALETTERGB ( 0,206,209)},
562 {"DarkTurquoise" , PALETTERGB ( 0,206,209)},
563 {"medium turquoise" , PALETTERGB ( 72,209,204)},
564 {"MediumTurquoise" , PALETTERGB ( 72,209,204)},
565 {"turquoise" , PALETTERGB ( 64,224,208)},
566 {"cyan" , PALETTERGB ( 0,255,255)},
567 {"light cyan" , PALETTERGB (224,255,255)},
568 {"LightCyan" , PALETTERGB (224,255,255)},
569 {"cadet blue" , PALETTERGB ( 95,158,160)},
570 {"CadetBlue" , PALETTERGB ( 95,158,160)},
571 {"medium aquamarine" , PALETTERGB (102,205,170)},
572 {"MediumAquamarine" , PALETTERGB (102,205,170)},
573 {"aquamarine" , PALETTERGB (127,255,212)},
574 {"dark green" , PALETTERGB ( 0,100, 0)},
575 {"DarkGreen" , PALETTERGB ( 0,100, 0)},
576 {"dark olive green" , PALETTERGB ( 85,107, 47)},
577 {"DarkOliveGreen" , PALETTERGB ( 85,107, 47)},
578 {"dark sea green" , PALETTERGB (143,188,143)},
579 {"DarkSeaGreen" , PALETTERGB (143,188,143)},
580 {"sea green" , PALETTERGB ( 46,139, 87)},
581 {"SeaGreen" , PALETTERGB ( 46,139, 87)},
582 {"medium sea green" , PALETTERGB ( 60,179,113)},
583 {"MediumSeaGreen" , PALETTERGB ( 60,179,113)},
584 {"light sea green" , PALETTERGB ( 32,178,170)},
585 {"LightSeaGreen" , PALETTERGB ( 32,178,170)},
586 {"pale green" , PALETTERGB (152,251,152)},
587 {"PaleGreen" , PALETTERGB (152,251,152)},
588 {"spring green" , PALETTERGB ( 0,255,127)},
589 {"SpringGreen" , PALETTERGB ( 0,255,127)},
590 {"lawn green" , PALETTERGB (124,252, 0)},
591 {"LawnGreen" , PALETTERGB (124,252, 0)},
592 {"green" , PALETTERGB ( 0,255, 0)},
593 {"chartreuse" , PALETTERGB (127,255, 0)},
594 {"medium spring green" , PALETTERGB ( 0,250,154)},
595 {"MediumSpringGreen" , PALETTERGB ( 0,250,154)},
596 {"green yellow" , PALETTERGB (173,255, 47)},
597 {"GreenYellow" , PALETTERGB (173,255, 47)},
598 {"lime green" , PALETTERGB ( 50,205, 50)},
599 {"LimeGreen" , PALETTERGB ( 50,205, 50)},
600 {"yellow green" , PALETTERGB (154,205, 50)},
601 {"YellowGreen" , PALETTERGB (154,205, 50)},
602 {"forest green" , PALETTERGB ( 34,139, 34)},
603 {"ForestGreen" , PALETTERGB ( 34,139, 34)},
604 {"olive drab" , PALETTERGB (107,142, 35)},
605 {"OliveDrab" , PALETTERGB (107,142, 35)},
606 {"dark khaki" , PALETTERGB (189,183,107)},
607 {"DarkKhaki" , PALETTERGB (189,183,107)},
608 {"khaki" , PALETTERGB (240,230,140)},
609 {"pale goldenrod" , PALETTERGB (238,232,170)},
610 {"PaleGoldenrod" , PALETTERGB (238,232,170)},
611 {"light goldenrod yellow" , PALETTERGB (250,250,210)},
612 {"LightGoldenrodYellow" , PALETTERGB (250,250,210)},
613 {"light yellow" , PALETTERGB (255,255,224)},
614 {"LightYellow" , PALETTERGB (255,255,224)},
615 {"yellow" , PALETTERGB (255,255, 0)},
616 {"gold" , PALETTERGB (255,215, 0)},
617 {"light goldenrod" , PALETTERGB (238,221,130)},
618 {"LightGoldenrod" , PALETTERGB (238,221,130)},
619 {"goldenrod" , PALETTERGB (218,165, 32)},
620 {"dark goldenrod" , PALETTERGB (184,134, 11)},
621 {"DarkGoldenrod" , PALETTERGB (184,134, 11)},
622 {"rosy brown" , PALETTERGB (188,143,143)},
623 {"RosyBrown" , PALETTERGB (188,143,143)},
624 {"indian red" , PALETTERGB (205, 92, 92)},
625 {"IndianRed" , PALETTERGB (205, 92, 92)},
626 {"saddle brown" , PALETTERGB (139, 69, 19)},
627 {"SaddleBrown" , PALETTERGB (139, 69, 19)},
628 {"sienna" , PALETTERGB (160, 82, 45)},
629 {"peru" , PALETTERGB (205,133, 63)},
630 {"burlywood" , PALETTERGB (222,184,135)},
631 {"beige" , PALETTERGB (245,245,220)},
632 {"wheat" , PALETTERGB (245,222,179)},
633 {"sandy brown" , PALETTERGB (244,164, 96)},
634 {"SandyBrown" , PALETTERGB (244,164, 96)},
635 {"tan" , PALETTERGB (210,180,140)},
636 {"chocolate" , PALETTERGB (210,105, 30)},
637 {"firebrick" , PALETTERGB (178,34, 34)},
638 {"brown" , PALETTERGB (165,42, 42)},
639 {"dark salmon" , PALETTERGB (233,150,122)},
640 {"DarkSalmon" , PALETTERGB (233,150,122)},
641 {"salmon" , PALETTERGB (250,128,114)},
642 {"light salmon" , PALETTERGB (255,160,122)},
643 {"LightSalmon" , PALETTERGB (255,160,122)},
644 {"orange" , PALETTERGB (255,165, 0)},
645 {"dark orange" , PALETTERGB (255,140, 0)},
646 {"DarkOrange" , PALETTERGB (255,140, 0)},
647 {"coral" , PALETTERGB (255,127, 80)},
648 {"light coral" , PALETTERGB (240,128,128)},
649 {"LightCoral" , PALETTERGB (240,128,128)},
650 {"tomato" , PALETTERGB (255, 99, 71)},
651 {"orange red" , PALETTERGB (255, 69, 0)},
652 {"OrangeRed" , PALETTERGB (255, 69, 0)},
653 {"red" , PALETTERGB (255, 0, 0)},
654 {"hot pink" , PALETTERGB (255,105,180)},
655 {"HotPink" , PALETTERGB (255,105,180)},
656 {"deep pink" , PALETTERGB (255, 20,147)},
657 {"DeepPink" , PALETTERGB (255, 20,147)},
658 {"pink" , PALETTERGB (255,192,203)},
659 {"light pink" , PALETTERGB (255,182,193)},
660 {"LightPink" , PALETTERGB (255,182,193)},
661 {"pale violet red" , PALETTERGB (219,112,147)},
662 {"PaleVioletRed" , PALETTERGB (219,112,147)},
663 {"maroon" , PALETTERGB (176, 48, 96)},
664 {"medium violet red" , PALETTERGB (199, 21,133)},
665 {"MediumVioletRed" , PALETTERGB (199, 21,133)},
666 {"violet red" , PALETTERGB (208, 32,144)},
667 {"VioletRed" , PALETTERGB (208, 32,144)},
668 {"magenta" , PALETTERGB (255, 0,255)},
669 {"violet" , PALETTERGB (238,130,238)},
670 {"plum" , PALETTERGB (221,160,221)},
671 {"orchid" , PALETTERGB (218,112,214)},
672 {"medium orchid" , PALETTERGB (186, 85,211)},
673 {"MediumOrchid" , PALETTERGB (186, 85,211)},
674 {"dark orchid" , PALETTERGB (153, 50,204)},
675 {"DarkOrchid" , PALETTERGB (153, 50,204)},
676 {"dark violet" , PALETTERGB (148, 0,211)},
677 {"DarkViolet" , PALETTERGB (148, 0,211)},
678 {"blue violet" , PALETTERGB (138, 43,226)},
679 {"BlueViolet" , PALETTERGB (138, 43,226)},
680 {"purple" , PALETTERGB (160, 32,240)},
681 {"medium purple" , PALETTERGB (147,112,219)},
682 {"MediumPurple" , PALETTERGB (147,112,219)},
683 {"thistle" , PALETTERGB (216,191,216)},
684 {"gray0" , PALETTERGB ( 0, 0, 0)},
685 {"grey0" , PALETTERGB ( 0, 0, 0)},
686 {"dark grey" , PALETTERGB (169,169,169)},
687 {"DarkGrey" , PALETTERGB (169,169,169)},
688 {"dark gray" , PALETTERGB (169,169,169)},
689 {"DarkGray" , PALETTERGB (169,169,169)},
690 {"dark blue" , PALETTERGB ( 0, 0,139)},
691 {"DarkBlue" , PALETTERGB ( 0, 0,139)},
692 {"dark cyan" , PALETTERGB ( 0,139,139)},
693 {"DarkCyan" , PALETTERGB ( 0,139,139)},
694 {"dark magenta" , PALETTERGB (139, 0,139)},
695 {"DarkMagenta" , PALETTERGB (139, 0,139)},
696 {"dark red" , PALETTERGB (139, 0, 0)},
697 {"DarkRed" , PALETTERGB (139, 0, 0)},
698 {"light green" , PALETTERGB (144,238,144)},
699 {"LightGreen" , PALETTERGB (144,238,144)},
703 w32_default_color_map (void)
706 colormap_t
*pc
= w32_color_map
;
713 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAYELTS (w32_color_map
); pc
++, i
++)
714 cmap
= Fcons (Fcons (build_string (pc
->name
),
715 make_number (pc
->colorref
)),
723 DEFUN ("w32-default-color-map", Fw32_default_color_map
, Sw32_default_color_map
,
724 0, 0, 0, doc
: /* Return the default color map. */)
727 return w32_default_color_map ();
731 w32_color_map_lookup (const char *colorname
)
733 Lisp_Object tail
, ret
= Qnil
;
737 for (tail
= Vw32_color_map
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
739 register Lisp_Object elt
, tem
;
742 if (!CONSP (elt
)) continue;
746 if (lstrcmpi (SDATA (tem
), colorname
) == 0)
762 add_system_logical_colors_to_map (Lisp_Object
*system_colors
)
766 /* Other registry operations are done with input blocked. */
769 /* Look for "Control Panel/Colors" under User and Machine registry
771 if (RegOpenKeyEx (HKEY_CURRENT_USER
, "Control Panel\\Colors", 0,
772 KEY_READ
, &colors_key
) == ERROR_SUCCESS
773 || RegOpenKeyEx (HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE
, "Control Panel\\Colors", 0,
774 KEY_READ
, &colors_key
) == ERROR_SUCCESS
)
777 char color_buffer
[64];
778 char full_name_buffer
[MAX_PATH
+ SYSTEM_COLOR_PREFIX_LEN
];
780 DWORD name_size
, color_size
;
781 char *name_buffer
= full_name_buffer
+ SYSTEM_COLOR_PREFIX_LEN
;
783 name_size
= sizeof (full_name_buffer
) - SYSTEM_COLOR_PREFIX_LEN
;
784 color_size
= sizeof (color_buffer
);
786 strcpy (full_name_buffer
, SYSTEM_COLOR_PREFIX
);
788 while (RegEnumValueA (colors_key
, index
, name_buffer
, &name_size
,
789 NULL
, NULL
, color_buffer
, &color_size
)
793 if (sscanf (color_buffer
, " %u %u %u", &r
, &g
, &b
) == 3)
794 *system_colors
= Fcons (Fcons (build_string (full_name_buffer
),
795 make_number (RGB (r
, g
, b
))),
798 name_size
= sizeof (full_name_buffer
) - SYSTEM_COLOR_PREFIX_LEN
;
799 color_size
= sizeof (color_buffer
);
802 RegCloseKey (colors_key
);
810 x_to_w32_color (const char * colorname
)
812 register Lisp_Object ret
= Qnil
;
816 if (colorname
[0] == '#')
818 /* Could be an old-style RGB Device specification. */
819 int size
= strlen (colorname
+ 1);
820 char *color
= alloca (size
+ 1);
822 strcpy (color
, colorname
+ 1);
823 if (size
== 3 || size
== 6 || size
== 9 || size
== 12)
831 for (i
= 0; i
< 3; i
++)
837 /* The check for 'x' in the following conditional takes into
838 account the fact that strtol allows a "0x" in front of
839 our numbers, and we don't. */
840 if (!isxdigit (color
[0]) || color
[1] == 'x')
844 value
= strtoul (color
, &end
, 16);
846 if (errno
== ERANGE
|| end
- color
!= size
)
851 value
= value
* 0x10;
862 colorval
|= (value
<< pos
);
867 XSETINT (ret
, colorval
);
874 else if (strnicmp (colorname
, "rgb:", 4) == 0)
882 color
= colorname
+ 4;
883 for (i
= 0; i
< 3; i
++)
888 /* The check for 'x' in the following conditional takes into
889 account the fact that strtol allows a "0x" in front of
890 our numbers, and we don't. */
891 if (!isxdigit (color
[0]) || color
[1] == 'x')
893 value
= strtoul (color
, &end
, 16);
899 value
= value
* 0x10 + value
;
912 if (value
== ULONG_MAX
)
914 colorval
|= (value
<< pos
);
921 XSETINT (ret
, colorval
);
929 else if (strnicmp (colorname
, "rgbi:", 5) == 0)
931 /* This is an RGB Intensity specification. */
938 color
= colorname
+ 5;
939 for (i
= 0; i
< 3; i
++)
945 value
= strtod (color
, &end
);
948 if (value
< 0.0 || value
> 1.0)
950 val
= (UINT
)(0x100 * value
);
951 /* We used 0x100 instead of 0xFF to give a continuous
952 range between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive. The next statement
953 fixes the 1.0 case. */
956 colorval
|= (val
<< pos
);
963 XSETINT (ret
, colorval
);
971 /* I am not going to attempt to handle any of the CIE color schemes
972 or TekHVC, since I don't know the algorithms for conversion to
975 /* If we fail to lookup the color name in w32_color_map, then check the
976 colorname to see if it can be crudely approximated: If the X color
977 ends in a number (e.g., "darkseagreen2"), strip the number and
978 return the result of looking up the base color name. */
979 ret
= w32_color_map_lookup (colorname
);
982 int len
= strlen (colorname
);
984 if (isdigit (colorname
[len
- 1]))
986 char *ptr
, *approx
= alloca (len
+ 1);
988 strcpy (approx
, colorname
);
989 ptr
= &approx
[len
- 1];
990 while (ptr
> approx
&& isdigit (*ptr
))
993 ret
= w32_color_map_lookup (approx
);
1002 w32_regenerate_palette (struct frame
*f
)
1004 struct w32_palette_entry
* list
;
1005 LOGPALETTE
* log_palette
;
1006 HPALETTE new_palette
;
1009 /* don't bother trying to create palette if not supported */
1010 if (! FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->has_palette
)
1013 log_palette
= (LOGPALETTE
*)
1014 alloca (sizeof (LOGPALETTE
) +
1015 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->num_colors
* sizeof (PALETTEENTRY
));
1016 log_palette
->palVersion
= 0x300;
1017 log_palette
->palNumEntries
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->num_colors
;
1019 list
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->color_list
;
1021 i
< FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->num_colors
;
1022 i
++, list
= list
->next
)
1023 log_palette
->palPalEntry
[i
] = list
->entry
;
1025 new_palette
= CreatePalette (log_palette
);
1029 if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->palette
)
1030 DeleteObject (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->palette
);
1031 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->palette
= new_palette
;
1033 /* Realize display palette and garbage all frames. */
1034 release_frame_dc (f
, get_frame_dc (f
));
1039 #define W32_COLOR(pe) RGB (pe.peRed, pe.peGreen, pe.peBlue)
1040 #define SET_W32_COLOR(pe, color) \
1043 pe.peRed = GetRValue (color); \
1044 pe.peGreen = GetGValue (color); \
1045 pe.peBlue = GetBValue (color); \
1050 /* Keep these around in case we ever want to track color usage. */
1052 w32_map_color (struct frame
*f
, COLORREF color
)
1054 struct w32_palette_entry
* list
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->color_list
;
1056 if (NILP (Vw32_enable_palette
))
1059 /* check if color is already mapped */
1062 if (W32_COLOR (list
->entry
) == color
)
1070 /* not already mapped, so add to list and recreate Windows palette */
1071 list
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct w32_palette_entry
));
1072 SET_W32_COLOR (list
->entry
, color
);
1074 list
->next
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->color_list
;
1075 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->color_list
= list
;
1076 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->num_colors
++;
1078 /* set flag that palette must be regenerated */
1079 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->regen_palette
= TRUE
;
1083 w32_unmap_color (struct frame
*f
, COLORREF color
)
1085 struct w32_palette_entry
* list
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->color_list
;
1086 struct w32_palette_entry
**prev
= &FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->color_list
;
1088 if (NILP (Vw32_enable_palette
))
1091 /* check if color is already mapped */
1094 if (W32_COLOR (list
->entry
) == color
)
1096 if (--list
->refcount
== 0)
1100 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->num_colors
--;
1110 /* set flag that palette must be regenerated */
1111 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->regen_palette
= TRUE
;
1116 /* Gamma-correct COLOR on frame F. */
1119 gamma_correct (struct frame
*f
, COLORREF
*color
)
1123 *color
= PALETTERGB (
1124 pow (GetRValue (*color
) / 255.0, f
->gamma
) * 255.0 + 0.5,
1125 pow (GetGValue (*color
) / 255.0, f
->gamma
) * 255.0 + 0.5,
1126 pow (GetBValue (*color
) / 255.0, f
->gamma
) * 255.0 + 0.5);
1131 /* Decide if color named COLOR is valid for the display associated with
1132 the selected frame; if so, return the rgb values in COLOR_DEF.
1133 If ALLOC is nonzero, allocate a new colormap cell. */
1136 w32_defined_color (struct frame
*f
, const char *color
, XColor
*color_def
,
1139 register Lisp_Object tem
;
1140 COLORREF w32_color_ref
;
1142 tem
= x_to_w32_color (color
);
1148 /* Apply gamma correction. */
1149 w32_color_ref
= XUINT (tem
);
1150 gamma_correct (f
, &w32_color_ref
);
1151 XSETINT (tem
, w32_color_ref
);
1154 /* Map this color to the palette if it is enabled. */
1155 if (!NILP (Vw32_enable_palette
))
1157 struct w32_palette_entry
* entry
=
1158 one_w32_display_info
.color_list
;
1159 struct w32_palette_entry
** prev
=
1160 &one_w32_display_info
.color_list
;
1162 /* check if color is already mapped */
1165 if (W32_COLOR (entry
->entry
) == XUINT (tem
))
1167 prev
= &entry
->next
;
1168 entry
= entry
->next
;
1171 if (entry
== NULL
&& alloc_p
)
1173 /* not already mapped, so add to list */
1174 entry
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct w32_palette_entry
));
1175 SET_W32_COLOR (entry
->entry
, XUINT (tem
));
1178 one_w32_display_info
.num_colors
++;
1180 /* set flag that palette must be regenerated */
1181 one_w32_display_info
.regen_palette
= TRUE
;
1184 /* Ensure COLORREF value is snapped to nearest color in (default)
1185 palette by simulating the PALETTERGB macro. This works whether
1186 or not the display device has a palette. */
1187 w32_color_ref
= XUINT (tem
) | 0x2000000;
1189 color_def
->pixel
= w32_color_ref
;
1190 color_def
->red
= GetRValue (w32_color_ref
) * 256;
1191 color_def
->green
= GetGValue (w32_color_ref
) * 256;
1192 color_def
->blue
= GetBValue (w32_color_ref
) * 256;
1202 /* Given a string ARG naming a color, compute a pixel value from it
1203 suitable for screen F.
1204 If F is not a color screen, return DEF (default) regardless of what
1208 x_decode_color (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object arg
, int def
)
1214 if (strcmp (SDATA (arg
), "black") == 0)
1215 return BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (f
);
1216 else if (strcmp (SDATA (arg
), "white") == 0)
1217 return WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (f
);
1219 if ((FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->n_planes
* FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->n_cbits
) == 1)
1222 /* w32_defined_color is responsible for coping with failures
1223 by looking for a near-miss. */
1224 if (w32_defined_color (f
, SDATA (arg
), &cdef
, true))
1227 /* defined_color failed; return an ultimate default. */
1233 /* Functions called only from `x_set_frame_param'
1234 to set individual parameters.
1236 If FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f) is 0,
1237 the frame is being created and its window does not exist yet.
1238 In that case, just record the parameter's new value
1239 in the standard place; do not attempt to change the window. */
1242 x_set_foreground_color (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object arg
, Lisp_Object oldval
)
1244 struct w32_output
*x
= f
->output_data
.w32
;
1245 PIX_TYPE fg
, old_fg
;
1247 fg
= x_decode_color (f
, arg
, BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (f
));
1248 old_fg
= FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
);
1249 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
) = fg
;
1251 if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
) != 0)
1253 if (x
->cursor_pixel
== old_fg
)
1255 x
->cursor_pixel
= fg
;
1256 x
->cursor_gc
->background
= fg
;
1259 update_face_from_frame_parameter (f
, Qforeground_color
, arg
);
1260 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
1266 x_set_background_color (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object arg
, Lisp_Object oldval
)
1268 FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
)
1269 = x_decode_color (f
, arg
, WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (f
));
1271 if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
) != 0)
1273 SetWindowLong (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
), WND_BACKGROUND_INDEX
,
1274 FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
1276 update_face_from_frame_parameter (f
, Qbackground_color
, arg
);
1278 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
1284 x_set_mouse_color (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object arg
, Lisp_Object oldval
)
1286 Cursor cursor
, nontext_cursor
, mode_cursor
, hand_cursor
;
1290 if (!EQ (Qnil
, arg
))
1291 f
->output_data
.w32
->mouse_pixel
1292 = x_decode_color (f
, arg
, BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (f
));
1293 mask_color
= FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
);
1295 /* Don't let pointers be invisible. */
1296 if (mask_color
== f
->output_data
.w32
->mouse_pixel
1297 && mask_color
== FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
))
1298 f
->output_data
.w32
->mouse_pixel
= FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
);
1300 #if 0 /* TODO : Mouse cursor customization. */
1303 /* It's not okay to crash if the user selects a screwy cursor. */
1304 count
= x_catch_errors (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
));
1306 if (!EQ (Qnil
, Vx_pointer_shape
))
1308 CHECK_NUMBER (Vx_pointer_shape
);
1309 cursor
= XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
), XINT (Vx_pointer_shape
));
1312 cursor
= XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
), XC_xterm
);
1313 x_check_errors (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
), "bad text pointer cursor: %s");
1315 if (!EQ (Qnil
, Vx_nontext_pointer_shape
))
1317 CHECK_NUMBER (Vx_nontext_pointer_shape
);
1318 nontext_cursor
= XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
),
1319 XINT (Vx_nontext_pointer_shape
));
1322 nontext_cursor
= XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
), XC_left_ptr
);
1323 x_check_errors (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
), "bad nontext pointer cursor: %s");
1325 if (!EQ (Qnil
, Vx_hourglass_pointer_shape
))
1327 CHECK_NUMBER (Vx_hourglass_pointer_shape
);
1328 hourglass_cursor
= XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
),
1329 XINT (Vx_hourglass_pointer_shape
));
1332 hourglass_cursor
= XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
), XC_watch
);
1333 x_check_errors (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
), "bad busy pointer cursor: %s");
1335 x_check_errors (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
), "bad nontext pointer cursor: %s");
1336 if (!EQ (Qnil
, Vx_mode_pointer_shape
))
1338 CHECK_NUMBER (Vx_mode_pointer_shape
);
1339 mode_cursor
= XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
),
1340 XINT (Vx_mode_pointer_shape
));
1343 mode_cursor
= XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
), XC_xterm
);
1344 x_check_errors (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
), "bad modeline pointer cursor: %s");
1346 if (!EQ (Qnil
, Vx_sensitive_text_pointer_shape
))
1348 CHECK_NUMBER (Vx_sensitive_text_pointer_shape
);
1350 = XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
),
1351 XINT (Vx_sensitive_text_pointer_shape
));
1354 hand_cursor
= XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
), XC_crosshair
);
1356 if (!NILP (Vx_window_horizontal_drag_shape
))
1358 CHECK_NUMBER (Vx_window_horizontal_drag_shape
);
1359 horizontal_drag_cursor
1360 = XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
),
1361 XINT (Vx_window_horizontal_drag_shape
));
1364 horizontal_drag_cursor
1365 = XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
), XC_sb_h_double_arrow
);
1367 if (!NILP (Vx_window_vertical_drag_shape
))
1369 CHECK_NUMBER (Vx_window_vertical_drag_shape
);
1370 vertical_drag_cursor
1371 = XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
),
1372 XINT (Vx_window_vertical_drag_shape
));
1375 vertical_drag_cursor
1376 = XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
), XC_sb_v_double_arrow
);
1378 /* Check and report errors with the above calls. */
1379 x_check_errors (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
), "can't set cursor shape: %s");
1380 x_uncatch_errors (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
), count
);
1383 XColor fore_color
, back_color
;
1385 fore_color
.pixel
= f
->output_data
.w32
->mouse_pixel
;
1386 back_color
.pixel
= mask_color
;
1387 XQueryColor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
),
1388 DefaultColormap (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
),
1389 DefaultScreen (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
))),
1391 XQueryColor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
),
1392 DefaultColormap (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
),
1393 DefaultScreen (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
))),
1395 XRecolorCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
), cursor
,
1396 &fore_color
, &back_color
);
1397 XRecolorCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
), nontext_cursor
,
1398 &fore_color
, &back_color
);
1399 XRecolorCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
), mode_cursor
,
1400 &fore_color
, &back_color
);
1401 XRecolorCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
), hand_cursor
,
1402 &fore_color
, &back_color
);
1403 XRecolorCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
), hourglass_cursor
,
1404 &fore_color
, &back_color
);
1407 if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
) != 0)
1408 XDefineCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
), cursor
);
1410 if (cursor
!= f
->output_data
.w32
->text_cursor
&& f
->output_data
.w32
->text_cursor
!= 0)
1411 XFreeCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.w32
->text_cursor
);
1412 f
->output_data
.w32
->text_cursor
= cursor
;
1414 if (nontext_cursor
!= f
->output_data
.w32
->nontext_cursor
1415 && f
->output_data
.w32
->nontext_cursor
!= 0)
1416 XFreeCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.w32
->nontext_cursor
);
1417 f
->output_data
.w32
->nontext_cursor
= nontext_cursor
;
1419 if (hourglass_cursor
!= f
->output_data
.w32
->hourglass_cursor
1420 && f
->output_data
.w32
->hourglass_cursor
!= 0)
1421 XFreeCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.w32
->hourglass_cursor
);
1422 f
->output_data
.w32
->hourglass_cursor
= hourglass_cursor
;
1424 if (mode_cursor
!= f
->output_data
.w32
->modeline_cursor
1425 && f
->output_data
.w32
->modeline_cursor
!= 0)
1426 XFreeCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.w32
->modeline_cursor
);
1427 f
->output_data
.w32
->modeline_cursor
= mode_cursor
;
1429 if (hand_cursor
!= f
->output_data
.w32
->hand_cursor
1430 && f
->output_data
.w32
->hand_cursor
!= 0)
1431 XFreeCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.w32
->hand_cursor
);
1432 f
->output_data
.w32
->hand_cursor
= hand_cursor
;
1434 XFlush (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
));
1437 update_face_from_frame_parameter (f
, Qmouse_color
, arg
);
1442 x_set_cursor_color (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object arg
, Lisp_Object oldval
)
1444 unsigned long fore_pixel
, pixel
;
1446 if (!NILP (Vx_cursor_fore_pixel
))
1447 fore_pixel
= x_decode_color (f
, Vx_cursor_fore_pixel
,
1448 WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (f
));
1450 fore_pixel
= FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
);
1452 pixel
= x_decode_color (f
, arg
, BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (f
));
1454 /* Make sure that the cursor color differs from the background color. */
1455 if (pixel
== FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
))
1457 pixel
= f
->output_data
.w32
->mouse_pixel
;
1458 if (pixel
== fore_pixel
)
1459 fore_pixel
= FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
);
1462 f
->output_data
.w32
->cursor_foreground_pixel
= fore_pixel
;
1463 f
->output_data
.w32
->cursor_pixel
= pixel
;
1465 if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
) != 0)
1468 /* Update frame's cursor_gc. */
1469 f
->output_data
.w32
->cursor_gc
->foreground
= fore_pixel
;
1470 f
->output_data
.w32
->cursor_gc
->background
= pixel
;
1474 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
1476 x_update_cursor (f
, 0);
1477 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
1481 update_face_from_frame_parameter (f
, Qcursor_color
, arg
);
1484 /* Set the border-color of frame F to pixel value PIX.
1485 Note that this does not fully take effect if done before
1489 x_set_border_pixel (struct frame
*f
, int pix
)
1492 f
->output_data
.w32
->border_pixel
= pix
;
1494 if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
) != 0 && f
->border_width
> 0)
1496 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
1501 /* Set the border-color of frame F to value described by ARG.
1502 ARG can be a string naming a color.
1503 The border-color is used for the border that is drawn by the server.
1504 Note that this does not fully take effect if done before
1505 F has a window; it must be redone when the window is created. */
1508 x_set_border_color (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object arg
, Lisp_Object oldval
)
1513 pix
= x_decode_color (f
, arg
, BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (f
));
1514 x_set_border_pixel (f
, pix
);
1515 update_face_from_frame_parameter (f
, Qborder_color
, arg
);
1520 x_set_cursor_type (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object arg
, Lisp_Object oldval
)
1522 set_frame_cursor_types (f
, arg
);
1526 x_set_icon_type (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object arg
, Lisp_Object oldval
)
1530 if (NILP (arg
) && NILP (oldval
))
1533 if (STRINGP (arg
) && STRINGP (oldval
)
1534 && EQ (Fstring_equal (oldval
, arg
), Qt
))
1537 if (SYMBOLP (arg
) && SYMBOLP (oldval
) && EQ (arg
, oldval
))
1542 result
= x_bitmap_icon (f
, arg
);
1546 error ("No icon window available");
1553 x_set_icon_name (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object arg
, Lisp_Object oldval
)
1557 if (STRINGP (oldval
) && EQ (Fstring_equal (oldval
, arg
), Qt
))
1560 else if (!NILP (arg
) || NILP (oldval
))
1563 fset_icon_name (f
, arg
);
1566 if (f
->output_data
.w32
->icon_bitmap
!= 0)
1571 result
= x_text_icon (f
,
1572 SSDATA ((!NILP (f
->icon_name
)
1581 error ("No icon window available");
1584 /* If the window was unmapped (and its icon was mapped),
1585 the new icon is not mapped, so map the window in its stead. */
1586 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
1588 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
1589 XtPopup (f
->output_data
.w32
->widget
, XtGrabNone
);
1591 XMapWindow (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
));
1594 XFlush (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
));
1600 x_clear_under_internal_border (struct frame
*f
)
1602 int border
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
1604 /* Clear border if it's larger than before. */
1607 HDC hdc
= get_frame_dc (f
);
1608 int width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
1609 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
1612 w32_clear_area (f
, hdc
, 0, FRAME_TOP_MARGIN_HEIGHT (f
), width
, border
);
1613 w32_clear_area (f
, hdc
, 0, 0, border
, height
);
1614 w32_clear_area (f
, hdc
, width
- border
, 0, border
, height
);
1615 w32_clear_area (f
, hdc
, 0, height
- border
, width
, border
);
1616 release_frame_dc (f
, hdc
);
1623 x_set_internal_border_width (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object arg
, Lisp_Object oldval
)
1627 CHECK_TYPE_RANGED_INTEGER (int, arg
);
1628 border
= max (XINT (arg
), 0);
1630 if (border
!= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
))
1632 FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
) = border
;
1634 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) != 0)
1636 adjust_frame_size (f
, -1, -1, 3, false, Qinternal_border_width
);
1638 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
1639 x_clear_under_internal_border (f
);
1646 x_set_menu_bar_lines (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object value
, Lisp_Object oldval
)
1650 /* Right now, menu bars don't work properly in minibuf-only frames;
1651 most of the commands try to apply themselves to the minibuffer
1652 frame itself, and get an error because you can't switch buffers
1653 in or split the minibuffer window. */
1654 if (FRAME_MINIBUF_ONLY_P (f
))
1657 if (INTEGERP (value
))
1658 nlines
= XINT (value
);
1662 FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f
) = 0;
1663 FRAME_MENU_BAR_HEIGHT (f
) = 0;
1666 FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f
) = 1;
1667 windows_or_buffers_changed
= 23;
1671 if (FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f
) == 1)
1672 free_frame_menubar (f
);
1673 FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f
) = 0;
1675 /* Adjust the frame size so that the client (text) dimensions
1676 remain the same. This depends on FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR being
1677 set correctly. Note that we resize twice: The first time upon
1678 a request from the window manager who wants to keep the height
1679 of the outer rectangle (including decorations) unchanged, and a
1680 second time because we want to keep the height of the inner
1681 rectangle (without the decorations unchanged). */
1682 adjust_frame_size (f
, -1, -1, 2, true, Qmenu_bar_lines
);
1684 /* Not sure whether this is needed. */
1685 x_clear_under_internal_border (f
);
1690 /* Set the number of lines used for the tool bar of frame F to VALUE.
1691 VALUE not an integer, or < 0 means set the lines to zero. OLDVAL is
1692 the old number of tool bar lines (and is unused). This function may
1693 change the height of all windows on frame F to match the new tool bar
1694 height. By design, the frame's height doesn't change (but maybe it
1695 should if we don't get enough space otherwise). */
1698 x_set_tool_bar_lines (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object value
, Lisp_Object oldval
)
1702 /* Treat tool bars like menu bars. */
1703 if (FRAME_MINIBUF_ONLY_P (f
))
1706 /* Use VALUE only if an integer >= 0. */
1707 if (INTEGERP (value
) && XINT (value
) >= 0)
1708 nlines
= XFASTINT (value
);
1712 x_change_tool_bar_height (f
, nlines
* FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
));
1716 /* Set the pixel height of the tool bar of frame F to HEIGHT. */
1718 x_change_tool_bar_height (struct frame
*f
, int height
)
1721 int unit
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
1722 int old_height
= FRAME_TOOL_BAR_HEIGHT (f
);
1723 int lines
= (height
+ unit
- 1) / unit
;
1724 int old_text_height
= FRAME_TEXT_HEIGHT (f
);
1726 /* Make sure we redisplay all windows in this frame. */
1727 windows_or_buffers_changed
= 23;
1729 /* Recalculate tool bar and frame text sizes. */
1730 FRAME_TOOL_BAR_HEIGHT (f
) = height
;
1731 FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f
) = lines
;
1732 /* Store `tool-bar-lines' and `height' frame parameters. */
1733 store_frame_param (f
, Qtool_bar_lines
, make_number (lines
));
1734 store_frame_param (f
, Qheight
, make_number (FRAME_LINES (f
)));
1736 if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
) && FRAME_TOOL_BAR_HEIGHT (f
) == 0)
1739 clear_current_matrices (f
);
1742 if ((height
< old_height
) && WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
))
1743 clear_glyph_matrix (XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
)->current_matrix
);
1745 /* Recalculate toolbar height. */
1746 f
->n_tool_bar_rows
= 0;
1748 adjust_frame_size (f
, -1, -1,
1749 (!f
->tool_bar_redisplayed_once
? 1
1750 : (old_height
== 0 || height
== 0) ? 2
1752 false, Qtool_bar_lines
);
1754 /* adjust_frame_size might not have done anything, garbage frame
1756 adjust_frame_glyphs (f
);
1757 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
1758 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
1759 x_clear_under_internal_border (f
);
1763 /* Change the name of frame F to NAME. If NAME is nil, set F's name to
1766 If EXPLICIT is non-zero, that indicates that lisp code is setting the
1767 name; if NAME is a string, set F's name to NAME and set
1768 F->explicit_name; if NAME is Qnil, then clear F->explicit_name.
1770 If EXPLICIT is zero, that indicates that Emacs redisplay code is
1771 suggesting a new name, which lisp code should override; if
1772 F->explicit_name is set, ignore the new name; otherwise, set it. */
1775 x_set_name (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object name
, bool explicit)
1777 /* Make sure that requests from lisp code override requests from
1778 Emacs redisplay code. */
1781 /* If we're switching from explicit to implicit, we had better
1782 update the mode lines and thereby update the title. */
1783 if (f
->explicit_name
&& NILP (name
))
1784 update_mode_lines
= 25;
1786 f
->explicit_name
= ! NILP (name
);
1788 else if (f
->explicit_name
)
1791 /* If NAME is nil, set the name to the w32_id_name. */
1794 /* Check for no change needed in this very common case
1795 before we do any consing. */
1796 if (!strcmp (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->w32_id_name
,
1799 name
= build_string (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->w32_id_name
);
1802 CHECK_STRING (name
);
1804 /* Don't change the name if it's already NAME. */
1805 if (! NILP (Fstring_equal (name
, f
->name
)))
1808 fset_name (f
, name
);
1810 /* For setting the frame title, the title parameter should override
1811 the name parameter. */
1812 if (! NILP (f
->title
))
1815 if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
))
1818 GUI_FN (SetWindowText
) (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
),
1819 GUI_SDATA (GUI_ENCODE_SYSTEM (name
)));
1824 /* This function should be called when the user's lisp code has
1825 specified a name for the frame; the name will override any set by the
1828 x_explicitly_set_name (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object arg
, Lisp_Object oldval
)
1830 x_set_name (f
, arg
, true);
1833 /* This function should be called by Emacs redisplay code to set the
1834 name; names set this way will never override names set by the user's
1837 x_implicitly_set_name (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object arg
, Lisp_Object oldval
)
1839 x_set_name (f
, arg
, false);
1842 /* Change the title of frame F to NAME.
1843 If NAME is nil, use the frame name as the title. */
1846 x_set_title (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object name
, Lisp_Object old_name
)
1848 /* Don't change the title if it's already NAME. */
1849 if (EQ (name
, f
->title
))
1852 update_mode_lines
= 26;
1854 fset_title (f
, name
);
1859 if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
))
1862 GUI_FN (SetWindowText
) (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
),
1863 GUI_SDATA (GUI_ENCODE_SYSTEM (name
)));
1869 x_set_scroll_bar_default_width (struct frame
*f
)
1871 int unit
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
1873 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) = GetSystemMetrics (SM_CXVSCROLL
);
1874 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
)
1875 = (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) + unit
- 1) / unit
;
1880 x_set_scroll_bar_default_height (struct frame
*f
)
1882 int unit
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
1884 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_HEIGHT (f
) = GetSystemMetrics (SM_CXHSCROLL
);
1885 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_LINES (f
)
1886 = (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_HEIGHT (f
) + unit
- 1) / unit
;
1889 /* Subroutines for creating a frame. */
1892 w32_load_cursor (LPCTSTR name
)
1894 /* Try first to load cursor from application resource. */
1895 Cursor cursor
= LoadImage ((HINSTANCE
) GetModuleHandle (NULL
),
1896 name
, IMAGE_CURSOR
, 0, 0,
1897 LR_DEFAULTCOLOR
| LR_DEFAULTSIZE
| LR_SHARED
);
1900 /* Then try to load a shared predefined cursor. */
1901 cursor
= LoadImage (NULL
, name
, IMAGE_CURSOR
, 0, 0,
1902 LR_DEFAULTCOLOR
| LR_DEFAULTSIZE
| LR_SHARED
);
1907 static LRESULT CALLBACK
w32_wnd_proc (HWND
, UINT
, WPARAM
, LPARAM
);
1909 #define INIT_WINDOW_CLASS(WC) \
1910 (WC).style = CS_HREDRAW | CS_VREDRAW; \
1911 (WC).lpfnWndProc = (WNDPROC) w32_wnd_proc; \
1912 (WC).cbClsExtra = 0; \
1913 (WC).cbWndExtra = WND_EXTRA_BYTES; \
1914 (WC).hInstance = hinst; \
1915 (WC).hIcon = LoadIcon (hinst, EMACS_CLASS); \
1916 (WC).hCursor = w32_load_cursor (IDC_ARROW); \
1917 (WC).hbrBackground = NULL; \
1918 (WC).lpszMenuName = NULL; \
1921 w32_init_class (HINSTANCE hinst
)
1923 if (w32_unicode_gui
)
1926 INIT_WINDOW_CLASS(uwc
);
1927 uwc
.lpszClassName
= L
"Emacs";
1929 return RegisterClassW (&uwc
);
1934 INIT_WINDOW_CLASS(wc
);
1935 wc
.lpszClassName
= EMACS_CLASS
;
1937 return RegisterClassA (&wc
);
1942 w32_createvscrollbar (struct frame
*f
, struct scroll_bar
* bar
)
1944 return CreateWindow ("SCROLLBAR", "", SBS_VERT
| WS_CHILD
| WS_VISIBLE
,
1945 /* Position and size of scroll bar. */
1946 bar
->left
, bar
->top
, bar
->width
, bar
->height
,
1947 FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
), NULL
, hinst
, NULL
);
1951 w32_createhscrollbar (struct frame
*f
, struct scroll_bar
* bar
)
1953 return CreateWindow ("SCROLLBAR", "", SBS_HORZ
| WS_CHILD
| WS_VISIBLE
,
1954 /* Position and size of scroll bar. */
1955 bar
->left
, bar
->top
, bar
->width
, bar
->height
,
1956 FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
), NULL
, hinst
, NULL
);
1960 w32_createwindow (struct frame
*f
, int *coords
)
1967 rect
.left
= rect
.top
= 0;
1968 rect
.right
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
1969 rect
.bottom
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
1971 AdjustWindowRect (&rect
, f
->output_data
.w32
->dwStyle
,
1972 FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f
));
1974 /* Do first time app init */
1976 w32_init_class (hinst
);
1978 if (f
->size_hint_flags
& USPosition
|| f
->size_hint_flags
& PPosition
)
1989 FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
) = hwnd
1990 = CreateWindow (EMACS_CLASS
,
1992 f
->output_data
.w32
->dwStyle
| WS_CLIPCHILDREN
,
1994 rect
.right
- rect
.left
, rect
.bottom
- rect
.top
,
2002 SetWindowLong (hwnd
, WND_FONTWIDTH_INDEX
, FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
));
2003 SetWindowLong (hwnd
, WND_LINEHEIGHT_INDEX
, FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
));
2004 SetWindowLong (hwnd
, WND_BORDER_INDEX
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
2005 SetWindowLong (hwnd
, WND_VSCROLLBAR_INDEX
, FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_WIDTH (f
));
2006 SetWindowLong (hwnd
, WND_HSCROLLBAR_INDEX
, FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_HEIGHT (f
));
2007 SetWindowLong (hwnd
, WND_BACKGROUND_INDEX
, FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
2009 /* Enable drag-n-drop. */
2010 DragAcceptFiles (hwnd
, TRUE
);
2012 /* Do this to discard the default setting specified by our parent. */
2013 ShowWindow (hwnd
, SW_HIDE
);
2015 /* Update frame positions. */
2016 GetWindowRect (hwnd
, &rect
);
2017 f
->left_pos
= rect
.left
;
2018 f
->top_pos
= rect
.top
;
2023 my_post_msg (W32Msg
* wmsg
, HWND hwnd
, UINT msg
, WPARAM wParam
, LPARAM lParam
)
2025 wmsg
->msg
.hwnd
= hwnd
;
2026 wmsg
->msg
.message
= msg
;
2027 wmsg
->msg
.wParam
= wParam
;
2028 wmsg
->msg
.lParam
= lParam
;
2029 wmsg
->msg
.time
= GetMessageTime ();
2034 /* GetKeyState and MapVirtualKey on Windows 95 do not actually distinguish
2035 between left and right keys as advertised. We test for this
2036 support dynamically, and set a flag when the support is absent. If
2037 absent, we keep track of the left and right control and alt keys
2038 ourselves. This is particularly necessary on keyboards that rely
2039 upon the AltGr key, which is represented as having the left control
2040 and right alt keys pressed. For these keyboards, we need to know
2041 when the left alt key has been pressed in addition to the AltGr key
2042 so that we can properly support M-AltGr-key sequences (such as M-@
2043 on Swedish keyboards). */
2045 #define EMACS_LCONTROL 0
2046 #define EMACS_RCONTROL 1
2047 #define EMACS_LMENU 2
2048 #define EMACS_RMENU 3
2050 static int modifiers
[4];
2051 static int modifiers_recorded
;
2052 static int modifier_key_support_tested
;
2055 test_modifier_support (unsigned int wparam
)
2059 if (wparam
!= VK_CONTROL
&& wparam
!= VK_MENU
)
2061 if (wparam
== VK_CONTROL
)
2071 if (!(GetKeyState (l
) & 0x8000) && !(GetKeyState (r
) & 0x8000))
2072 modifiers_recorded
= 1;
2074 modifiers_recorded
= 0;
2075 modifier_key_support_tested
= 1;
2079 record_keydown (unsigned int wparam
, unsigned int lparam
)
2083 if (!modifier_key_support_tested
)
2084 test_modifier_support (wparam
);
2086 if ((wparam
!= VK_CONTROL
&& wparam
!= VK_MENU
) || !modifiers_recorded
)
2089 if (wparam
== VK_CONTROL
)
2090 i
= (lparam
& 0x1000000) ? EMACS_RCONTROL
: EMACS_LCONTROL
;
2092 i
= (lparam
& 0x1000000) ? EMACS_RMENU
: EMACS_LMENU
;
2098 record_keyup (unsigned int wparam
, unsigned int lparam
)
2102 if ((wparam
!= VK_CONTROL
&& wparam
!= VK_MENU
) || !modifiers_recorded
)
2105 if (wparam
== VK_CONTROL
)
2106 i
= (lparam
& 0x1000000) ? EMACS_RCONTROL
: EMACS_LCONTROL
;
2108 i
= (lparam
& 0x1000000) ? EMACS_RMENU
: EMACS_LMENU
;
2113 /* Emacs can lose focus while a modifier key has been pressed. When
2114 it regains focus, be conservative and clear all modifiers since
2115 we cannot reconstruct the left and right modifier state. */
2117 reset_modifiers (void)
2121 if (GetFocus () == NULL
)
2122 /* Emacs doesn't have keyboard focus. Do nothing. */
2125 ctrl
= GetAsyncKeyState (VK_CONTROL
);
2126 alt
= GetAsyncKeyState (VK_MENU
);
2128 if (!(ctrl
& 0x08000))
2129 /* Clear any recorded control modifier state. */
2130 modifiers
[EMACS_RCONTROL
] = modifiers
[EMACS_LCONTROL
] = 0;
2132 if (!(alt
& 0x08000))
2133 /* Clear any recorded alt modifier state. */
2134 modifiers
[EMACS_RMENU
] = modifiers
[EMACS_LMENU
] = 0;
2136 /* Update the state of all modifier keys, because modifiers used in
2137 hot-key combinations can get stuck on if Emacs loses focus as a
2138 result of a hot-key being pressed. */
2142 #define CURRENT_STATE(key) ((GetAsyncKeyState (key) & 0x8000) >> 8)
2144 memset (keystate
, 0, sizeof (keystate
));
2145 GetKeyboardState (keystate
);
2146 keystate
[VK_SHIFT
] = CURRENT_STATE (VK_SHIFT
);
2147 keystate
[VK_CONTROL
] = CURRENT_STATE (VK_CONTROL
);
2148 keystate
[VK_LCONTROL
] = CURRENT_STATE (VK_LCONTROL
);
2149 keystate
[VK_RCONTROL
] = CURRENT_STATE (VK_RCONTROL
);
2150 keystate
[VK_MENU
] = CURRENT_STATE (VK_MENU
);
2151 keystate
[VK_LMENU
] = CURRENT_STATE (VK_LMENU
);
2152 keystate
[VK_RMENU
] = CURRENT_STATE (VK_RMENU
);
2153 keystate
[VK_LWIN
] = CURRENT_STATE (VK_LWIN
);
2154 keystate
[VK_RWIN
] = CURRENT_STATE (VK_RWIN
);
2155 keystate
[VK_APPS
] = CURRENT_STATE (VK_APPS
);
2156 SetKeyboardState (keystate
);
2160 /* Synchronize modifier state with what is reported with the current
2161 keystroke. Even if we cannot distinguish between left and right
2162 modifier keys, we know that, if no modifiers are set, then neither
2163 the left or right modifier should be set. */
2165 sync_modifiers (void)
2167 if (!modifiers_recorded
)
2170 if (!(GetKeyState (VK_CONTROL
) & 0x8000))
2171 modifiers
[EMACS_RCONTROL
] = modifiers
[EMACS_LCONTROL
] = 0;
2173 if (!(GetKeyState (VK_MENU
) & 0x8000))
2174 modifiers
[EMACS_RMENU
] = modifiers
[EMACS_LMENU
] = 0;
2178 modifier_set (int vkey
)
2180 /* Warning: The fact that VK_NUMLOCK is not treated as the other 2
2181 toggle keys is not an omission! If you want to add it, you will
2182 have to make changes in the default sub-case of the WM_KEYDOWN
2183 switch, because if the NUMLOCK modifier is set, the code there
2184 will directly convert any key that looks like an ASCII letter,
2185 and also downcase those that look like upper-case ASCII. */
2186 if (vkey
== VK_CAPITAL
)
2188 if (NILP (Vw32_enable_caps_lock
))
2191 return (GetKeyState (vkey
) & 0x1);
2193 if (vkey
== VK_SCROLL
)
2195 if (NILP (Vw32_scroll_lock_modifier
)
2196 /* w32-scroll-lock-modifier can be any non-nil value that is
2197 not one of the modifiers, in which case it shall be ignored. */
2198 || !( EQ (Vw32_scroll_lock_modifier
, Qhyper
)
2199 || EQ (Vw32_scroll_lock_modifier
, Qsuper
)
2200 || EQ (Vw32_scroll_lock_modifier
, Qmeta
)
2201 || EQ (Vw32_scroll_lock_modifier
, Qalt
)
2202 || EQ (Vw32_scroll_lock_modifier
, Qcontrol
)
2203 || EQ (Vw32_scroll_lock_modifier
, Qshift
)))
2206 return (GetKeyState (vkey
) & 0x1);
2209 if (!modifiers_recorded
)
2210 return (GetKeyState (vkey
) & 0x8000);
2215 return modifiers
[EMACS_LCONTROL
];
2217 return modifiers
[EMACS_RCONTROL
];
2219 return modifiers
[EMACS_LMENU
];
2221 return modifiers
[EMACS_RMENU
];
2223 return (GetKeyState (vkey
) & 0x8000);
2226 /* Convert between the modifier bits W32 uses and the modifier bits
2230 w32_key_to_modifier (int key
)
2232 Lisp_Object key_mapping
;
2237 key_mapping
= Vw32_lwindow_modifier
;
2240 key_mapping
= Vw32_rwindow_modifier
;
2243 key_mapping
= Vw32_apps_modifier
;
2246 key_mapping
= Vw32_scroll_lock_modifier
;
2252 /* NB. This code runs in the input thread, asynchronously to the lisp
2253 thread, so we must be careful to ensure access to lisp data is
2254 thread-safe. The following code is safe because the modifier
2255 variable values are updated atomically from lisp and symbols are
2256 not relocated by GC. Also, we don't have to worry about seeing GC
2258 if (EQ (key_mapping
, Qhyper
))
2259 return hyper_modifier
;
2260 if (EQ (key_mapping
, Qsuper
))
2261 return super_modifier
;
2262 if (EQ (key_mapping
, Qmeta
))
2263 return meta_modifier
;
2264 if (EQ (key_mapping
, Qalt
))
2265 return alt_modifier
;
2266 if (EQ (key_mapping
, Qctrl
))
2267 return ctrl_modifier
;
2268 if (EQ (key_mapping
, Qcontrol
)) /* synonym for ctrl */
2269 return ctrl_modifier
;
2270 if (EQ (key_mapping
, Qshift
))
2271 return shift_modifier
;
2273 /* Don't generate any modifier if not explicitly requested. */
2278 w32_get_modifiers (void)
2280 return ((modifier_set (VK_SHIFT
) ? shift_modifier
: 0) |
2281 (modifier_set (VK_CONTROL
) ? ctrl_modifier
: 0) |
2282 (modifier_set (VK_LWIN
) ? w32_key_to_modifier (VK_LWIN
) : 0) |
2283 (modifier_set (VK_RWIN
) ? w32_key_to_modifier (VK_RWIN
) : 0) |
2284 (modifier_set (VK_APPS
) ? w32_key_to_modifier (VK_APPS
) : 0) |
2285 (modifier_set (VK_SCROLL
) ? w32_key_to_modifier (VK_SCROLL
) : 0) |
2286 (modifier_set (VK_MENU
) ?
2287 ((NILP (Vw32_alt_is_meta
)) ? alt_modifier
: meta_modifier
) : 0));
2290 /* We map the VK_* modifiers into console modifier constants
2291 so that we can use the same routines to handle both console
2292 and window input. */
2295 construct_console_modifiers (void)
2300 mods
|= (modifier_set (VK_SHIFT
)) ? SHIFT_PRESSED
: 0;
2301 mods
|= (modifier_set (VK_CAPITAL
)) ? CAPSLOCK_ON
: 0;
2302 mods
|= (modifier_set (VK_SCROLL
)) ? SCROLLLOCK_ON
: 0;
2303 mods
|= (modifier_set (VK_NUMLOCK
)) ? NUMLOCK_ON
: 0;
2304 mods
|= (modifier_set (VK_LCONTROL
)) ? LEFT_CTRL_PRESSED
: 0;
2305 mods
|= (modifier_set (VK_RCONTROL
)) ? RIGHT_CTRL_PRESSED
: 0;
2306 mods
|= (modifier_set (VK_LMENU
)) ? LEFT_ALT_PRESSED
: 0;
2307 mods
|= (modifier_set (VK_RMENU
)) ? RIGHT_ALT_PRESSED
: 0;
2308 mods
|= (modifier_set (VK_LWIN
)) ? LEFT_WIN_PRESSED
: 0;
2309 mods
|= (modifier_set (VK_RWIN
)) ? RIGHT_WIN_PRESSED
: 0;
2310 mods
|= (modifier_set (VK_APPS
)) ? APPS_PRESSED
: 0;
2316 w32_get_key_modifiers (unsigned int wparam
, unsigned int lparam
)
2320 /* Convert to emacs modifiers. */
2321 mods
= w32_kbd_mods_to_emacs (construct_console_modifiers (), wparam
);
2327 map_keypad_keys (unsigned int virt_key
, unsigned int extended
)
2329 if (virt_key
< VK_CLEAR
|| virt_key
> VK_DELETE
)
2332 if (virt_key
== VK_RETURN
)
2333 return (extended
? VK_NUMPAD_ENTER
: VK_RETURN
);
2335 if (virt_key
>= VK_PRIOR
&& virt_key
<= VK_DOWN
)
2336 return (!extended
? (VK_NUMPAD_PRIOR
+ (virt_key
- VK_PRIOR
)) : virt_key
);
2338 if (virt_key
== VK_INSERT
|| virt_key
== VK_DELETE
)
2339 return (!extended
? (VK_NUMPAD_INSERT
+ (virt_key
- VK_INSERT
)) : virt_key
);
2341 if (virt_key
== VK_CLEAR
)
2342 return (!extended
? VK_NUMPAD_CLEAR
: virt_key
);
2347 /* List of special key combinations which w32 would normally capture,
2348 but Emacs should grab instead. Not directly visible to lisp, to
2349 simplify synchronization. Each item is an integer encoding a virtual
2350 key code and modifier combination to capture. */
2351 static Lisp_Object w32_grabbed_keys
;
2353 #define HOTKEY(vk, mods) make_number (((vk) & 255) | ((mods) << 8))
2354 #define HOTKEY_ID(k) (XFASTINT (k) & 0xbfff)
2355 #define HOTKEY_VK_CODE(k) (XFASTINT (k) & 255)
2356 #define HOTKEY_MODIFIERS(k) (XFASTINT (k) >> 8)
2358 #define RAW_HOTKEY_ID(k) ((k) & 0xbfff)
2359 #define RAW_HOTKEY_VK_CODE(k) ((k) & 255)
2360 #define RAW_HOTKEY_MODIFIERS(k) ((k) >> 8)
2362 /* Register hot-keys for reserved key combinations when Emacs has
2363 keyboard focus, since this is the only way Emacs can receive key
2364 combinations like Alt-Tab which are used by the system. */
2367 register_hot_keys (HWND hwnd
)
2369 Lisp_Object keylist
;
2371 /* Use CONSP, since we are called asynchronously. */
2372 for (keylist
= w32_grabbed_keys
; CONSP (keylist
); keylist
= XCDR (keylist
))
2374 Lisp_Object key
= XCAR (keylist
);
2376 /* Deleted entries get set to nil. */
2377 if (!INTEGERP (key
))
2380 RegisterHotKey (hwnd
, HOTKEY_ID (key
),
2381 HOTKEY_MODIFIERS (key
), HOTKEY_VK_CODE (key
));
2386 unregister_hot_keys (HWND hwnd
)
2388 Lisp_Object keylist
;
2390 for (keylist
= w32_grabbed_keys
; CONSP (keylist
); keylist
= XCDR (keylist
))
2392 Lisp_Object key
= XCAR (keylist
);
2394 if (!INTEGERP (key
))
2397 UnregisterHotKey (hwnd
, HOTKEY_ID (key
));
2403 w32_name_of_message (UINT msg
)
2406 static char buf
[64];
2407 static const struct {
2411 #define M(msg) { msg, # msg }
2419 M (WM_EMACS_CREATEWINDOW
),
2421 M (WM_EMACS_CREATEVSCROLLBAR
),
2422 M (WM_EMACS_CREATEHSCROLLBAR
),
2423 M (WM_EMACS_SHOWWINDOW
),
2424 M (WM_EMACS_SETWINDOWPOS
),
2425 M (WM_EMACS_DESTROYWINDOW
),
2426 M (WM_EMACS_TRACKPOPUPMENU
),
2427 M (WM_EMACS_SETFOCUS
),
2428 M (WM_EMACS_SETFOREGROUND
),
2429 M (WM_EMACS_SETLOCALE
),
2430 M (WM_EMACS_SETKEYBOARDLAYOUT
),
2431 M (WM_EMACS_REGISTER_HOT_KEY
),
2432 M (WM_EMACS_UNREGISTER_HOT_KEY
),
2433 M (WM_EMACS_TOGGLE_LOCK_KEY
),
2434 M (WM_EMACS_TRACK_CARET
),
2435 M (WM_EMACS_DESTROY_CARET
),
2436 M (WM_EMACS_SHOW_CARET
),
2437 M (WM_EMACS_HIDE_CARET
),
2438 M (WM_EMACS_SETCURSOR
),
2439 M (WM_EMACS_SHOWCURSOR
),
2446 for (i
= 0; msgnames
[i
].name
; ++i
)
2447 if (msgnames
[i
].msg
== msg
)
2448 return msgnames
[i
].name
;
2450 sprintf (buf
, "message 0x%04x", (unsigned)msg
);
2453 #endif /* EMACSDEBUG */
2455 /* Here's an overview of how Emacs input works in GUI sessions on
2456 MS-Windows. (For description of non-GUI input, see the commentary
2457 before w32_console_read_socket in w32inevt.c.)
2459 System messages are read and processed by w32_msg_pump below. This
2460 function runs in a separate thread. It handles a small number of
2461 custom WM_EMACS_* messages (posted by the main thread, look for
2462 PostMessage calls), and dispatches the rest to w32_wnd_proc, which
2463 is the main window procedure for the entire Emacs application.
2465 w32_wnd_proc also runs in the same separate input thread. It
2466 handles some messages, mostly those that need GDI calls, by itself.
2467 For the others, it calls my_post_msg, which inserts the messages
2468 into the input queue serviced by w32_read_socket.
2470 w32_read_socket runs in the main (a.k.a. "Lisp") thread, and is
2471 called synchronously from keyboard.c when it is known or suspected
2472 that some input is available. w32_read_socket either handles
2473 messages immediately, or converts them into Emacs input events and
2474 stuffs them into kbd_buffer, where kbd_buffer_get_event can get at
2475 them and process them when read_char and its callers require
2478 Under Cygwin with the W32 toolkit, the use of /dev/windows with
2479 select(2) takes the place of w32_read_socket.
2483 /* Main message dispatch loop. */
2486 w32_msg_pump (deferred_msg
* msg_buf
)
2492 msh_mousewheel
= RegisterWindowMessage (MSH_MOUSEWHEEL
);
2494 while ((w32_unicode_gui
? GetMessageW
: GetMessageA
) (&msg
, NULL
, 0, 0))
2497 /* DebPrint (("w32_msg_pump: %s time:%u\n", */
2498 /* w32_name_of_message (msg.message), msg.time)); */
2500 if (msg
.hwnd
== NULL
)
2502 switch (msg
.message
)
2505 /* Produced by complete_deferred_msg; just ignore. */
2507 case WM_EMACS_CREATEWINDOW
:
2508 /* Initialize COM for this window. Even though we don't use it,
2509 some third party shell extensions can cause it to be used in
2510 system dialogs, which causes a crash if it is not initialized.
2511 This is a known bug in Windows, which was fixed long ago, but
2512 the patch for XP is not publicly available until XP SP3,
2513 and older versions will never be patched. */
2514 CoInitialize (NULL
);
2515 w32_createwindow ((struct frame
*) msg
.wParam
,
2516 (int *) msg
.lParam
);
2517 if (!PostThreadMessage (dwMainThreadId
, WM_EMACS_DONE
, 0, 0))
2520 case WM_EMACS_SETLOCALE
:
2521 SetThreadLocale (msg
.wParam
);
2522 /* Reply is not expected. */
2524 case WM_EMACS_SETKEYBOARDLAYOUT
:
2525 result
= (WPARAM
) ActivateKeyboardLayout ((HKL
) msg
.wParam
, 0);
2526 if (!PostThreadMessage (dwMainThreadId
, WM_EMACS_DONE
,
2530 case WM_EMACS_REGISTER_HOT_KEY
:
2531 focus_window
= GetFocus ();
2532 if (focus_window
!= NULL
)
2533 RegisterHotKey (focus_window
,
2534 RAW_HOTKEY_ID (msg
.wParam
),
2535 RAW_HOTKEY_MODIFIERS (msg
.wParam
),
2536 RAW_HOTKEY_VK_CODE (msg
.wParam
));
2537 /* Reply is not expected. */
2539 case WM_EMACS_UNREGISTER_HOT_KEY
:
2540 focus_window
= GetFocus ();
2541 if (focus_window
!= NULL
)
2542 UnregisterHotKey (focus_window
, RAW_HOTKEY_ID (msg
.wParam
));
2543 /* Mark item as erased. NB: this code must be
2544 thread-safe. The next line is okay because the cons
2545 cell is never made into garbage and is not relocated by
2547 XSETCAR (make_lisp_ptr ((void *)msg
.lParam
, Lisp_Cons
), Qnil
);
2548 if (!PostThreadMessage (dwMainThreadId
, WM_EMACS_DONE
, 0, 0))
2551 case WM_EMACS_TOGGLE_LOCK_KEY
:
2553 int vk_code
= (int) msg
.wParam
;
2554 int cur_state
= (GetKeyState (vk_code
) & 1);
2555 int new_state
= msg
.lParam
;
2558 || ((new_state
& 1) != cur_state
))
2560 one_w32_display_info
.faked_key
= vk_code
;
2562 keybd_event ((BYTE
) vk_code
,
2563 (BYTE
) MapVirtualKey (vk_code
, 0),
2564 KEYEVENTF_EXTENDEDKEY
| KEYEVENTF_KEYUP
, 0);
2565 keybd_event ((BYTE
) vk_code
,
2566 (BYTE
) MapVirtualKey (vk_code
, 0),
2567 KEYEVENTF_EXTENDEDKEY
| 0, 0);
2568 keybd_event ((BYTE
) vk_code
,
2569 (BYTE
) MapVirtualKey (vk_code
, 0),
2570 KEYEVENTF_EXTENDEDKEY
| KEYEVENTF_KEYUP
, 0);
2571 cur_state
= !cur_state
;
2573 if (!PostThreadMessage (dwMainThreadId
, WM_EMACS_DONE
,
2579 /* Broadcast messages make it here, so you need to be looking
2580 for something in particular for this to be useful. */
2582 DebPrint (("msg %x not expected by w32_msg_pump\n", msg
.message
));
2588 if (w32_unicode_gui
)
2589 DispatchMessageW (&msg
);
2591 DispatchMessageA (&msg
);
2594 /* Exit nested loop when our deferred message has completed. */
2595 if (msg_buf
->completed
)
2600 deferred_msg
* deferred_msg_head
;
2602 static deferred_msg
*
2603 find_deferred_msg (HWND hwnd
, UINT msg
)
2605 deferred_msg
* item
;
2607 /* Don't actually need synchronization for read access, since
2608 modification of single pointer is always atomic. */
2609 /* enter_crit (); */
2611 for (item
= deferred_msg_head
; item
!= NULL
; item
= item
->next
)
2612 if (item
->w32msg
.msg
.hwnd
== hwnd
2613 && item
->w32msg
.msg
.message
== msg
)
2616 /* leave_crit (); */
2622 send_deferred_msg (deferred_msg
* msg_buf
,
2628 /* Only input thread can send deferred messages. */
2629 if (GetCurrentThreadId () != dwWindowsThreadId
)
2632 /* It is an error to send a message that is already deferred. */
2633 if (find_deferred_msg (hwnd
, msg
) != NULL
)
2636 /* Enforced synchronization is not needed because this is the only
2637 function that alters deferred_msg_head, and the following critical
2638 section is guaranteed to only be serially reentered (since only the
2639 input thread can call us). */
2641 /* enter_crit (); */
2643 msg_buf
->completed
= 0;
2644 msg_buf
->next
= deferred_msg_head
;
2645 deferred_msg_head
= msg_buf
;
2646 my_post_msg (&msg_buf
->w32msg
, hwnd
, msg
, wParam
, lParam
);
2648 /* leave_crit (); */
2650 /* Start a new nested message loop to process other messages until
2651 this one is completed. */
2652 w32_msg_pump (msg_buf
);
2654 deferred_msg_head
= msg_buf
->next
;
2656 return msg_buf
->result
;
2660 complete_deferred_msg (HWND hwnd
, UINT msg
, LRESULT result
)
2662 deferred_msg
* msg_buf
= find_deferred_msg (hwnd
, msg
);
2664 if (msg_buf
== NULL
)
2665 /* Message may have been canceled, so don't abort. */
2668 msg_buf
->result
= result
;
2669 msg_buf
->completed
= 1;
2671 /* Ensure input thread is woken so it notices the completion. */
2672 PostThreadMessage (dwWindowsThreadId
, WM_NULL
, 0, 0);
2676 cancel_all_deferred_msgs (void)
2678 deferred_msg
* item
;
2680 /* Don't actually need synchronization for read access, since
2681 modification of single pointer is always atomic. */
2682 /* enter_crit (); */
2684 for (item
= deferred_msg_head
; item
!= NULL
; item
= item
->next
)
2687 item
->completed
= 1;
2690 /* leave_crit (); */
2692 /* Ensure input thread is woken so it notices the completion. */
2693 PostThreadMessage (dwWindowsThreadId
, WM_NULL
, 0, 0);
2697 w32_msg_worker (void *arg
)
2700 deferred_msg dummy_buf
;
2702 /* Ensure our message queue is created */
2704 PeekMessage (&msg
, NULL
, 0, 0, PM_NOREMOVE
);
2706 if (!PostThreadMessage (dwMainThreadId
, WM_EMACS_DONE
, 0, 0))
2709 memset (&dummy_buf
, 0, sizeof (dummy_buf
));
2710 dummy_buf
.w32msg
.msg
.hwnd
= NULL
;
2711 dummy_buf
.w32msg
.msg
.message
= WM_NULL
;
2713 /* This is the initial message loop which should only exit when the
2714 application quits. */
2715 w32_msg_pump (&dummy_buf
);
2721 signal_user_input (void)
2723 /* Interrupt any lisp that wants to be interrupted by input. */
2724 if (!NILP (Vthrow_on_input
))
2726 Vquit_flag
= Vthrow_on_input
;
2727 /* Doing a QUIT from this thread is a bad idea, since this
2728 unwinds the stack of the Lisp thread, and the Windows runtime
2729 rightfully barfs. Disabled. */
2731 /* If we're inside a function that wants immediate quits,
2733 if (immediate_quit
&& NILP (Vinhibit_quit
))
2744 post_character_message (HWND hwnd
, UINT msg
,
2745 WPARAM wParam
, LPARAM lParam
,
2750 wmsg
.dwModifiers
= modifiers
;
2752 /* Detect quit_char and set quit-flag directly. Note that we
2753 still need to post a message to ensure the main thread will be
2754 woken up if blocked in sys_select, but we do NOT want to post
2755 the quit_char message itself (because it will usually be as if
2756 the user had typed quit_char twice). Instead, we post a dummy
2757 message that has no particular effect. */
2760 if (isalpha (c
) && wmsg
.dwModifiers
== ctrl_modifier
)
2761 c
= make_ctrl_char (c
) & 0377;
2763 || (wmsg
.dwModifiers
== 0
2764 && w32_quit_key
&& wParam
== w32_quit_key
))
2768 /* The choice of message is somewhat arbitrary, as long as
2769 the main thread handler just ignores it. */
2772 /* Interrupt any blocking system calls. */
2775 /* As a safety precaution, forcibly complete any deferred
2776 messages. This is a kludge, but I don't see any particularly
2777 clean way to handle the situation where a deferred message is
2778 "dropped" in the lisp thread, and will thus never be
2779 completed, eg. by the user trying to activate the menubar
2780 when the lisp thread is busy, and then typing C-g when the
2781 menubar doesn't open promptly (with the result that the
2782 menubar never responds at all because the deferred
2783 WM_INITMENU message is never completed). Another problem
2784 situation is when the lisp thread calls SendMessage (to send
2785 a window manager command) when a message has been deferred;
2786 the lisp thread gets blocked indefinitely waiting for the
2787 deferred message to be completed, which itself is waiting for
2788 the lisp thread to respond.
2790 Note that we don't want to block the input thread waiting for
2791 a response from the lisp thread (although that would at least
2792 solve the deadlock problem above), because we want to be able
2793 to receive C-g to interrupt the lisp thread. */
2794 cancel_all_deferred_msgs ();
2797 signal_user_input ();
2800 my_post_msg (&wmsg
, hwnd
, msg
, wParam
, lParam
);
2803 /* Main window procedure */
2805 static LRESULT CALLBACK
2806 w32_wnd_proc (HWND hwnd
, UINT msg
, WPARAM wParam
, LPARAM lParam
)
2809 struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
= &one_w32_display_info
;
2811 int windows_translate
;
2814 /* Note that it is okay to call x_window_to_frame, even though we are
2815 not running in the main lisp thread, because frame deletion
2816 requires the lisp thread to synchronize with this thread. Thus, if
2817 a frame struct is returned, it can be used without concern that the
2818 lisp thread might make it disappear while we are using it.
2820 NB. Walking the frame list in this thread is safe (as long as
2821 writes of Lisp_Object slots are atomic, which they are on Windows).
2822 Although delete-frame can destructively modify the frame list while
2823 we are walking it, a garbage collection cannot occur until after
2824 delete-frame has synchronized with this thread.
2826 It is also safe to use functions that make GDI calls, such as
2827 w32_clear_rect, because these functions must obtain a DC handle
2828 from the frame struct using get_frame_dc which is thread-aware. */
2833 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, hwnd
);
2836 HDC hdc
= get_frame_dc (f
);
2837 GetUpdateRect (hwnd
, &wmsg
.rect
, FALSE
);
2838 w32_clear_rect (f
, hdc
, &wmsg
.rect
);
2839 release_frame_dc (f
, hdc
);
2841 #if defined (W32_DEBUG_DISPLAY)
2842 DebPrint (("WM_ERASEBKGND (frame %p): erasing %d,%d-%d,%d\n",
2844 wmsg
.rect
.left
, wmsg
.rect
.top
,
2845 wmsg
.rect
.right
, wmsg
.rect
.bottom
));
2846 #endif /* W32_DEBUG_DISPLAY */
2849 case WM_PALETTECHANGED
:
2850 /* ignore our own changes */
2851 if ((HWND
)wParam
!= hwnd
)
2853 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, hwnd
);
2855 /* get_frame_dc will realize our palette and force all
2856 frames to be redrawn if needed. */
2857 release_frame_dc (f
, get_frame_dc (f
));
2862 PAINTSTRUCT paintStruct
;
2864 memset (&update_rect
, 0, sizeof (update_rect
));
2866 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, hwnd
);
2869 DebPrint (("WM_PAINT received for unknown window %p\n", hwnd
));
2873 /* MSDN Docs say not to call BeginPaint if GetUpdateRect
2874 fails. Apparently this can happen under some
2876 if (GetUpdateRect (hwnd
, &update_rect
, FALSE
) || !w32_strict_painting
)
2879 BeginPaint (hwnd
, &paintStruct
);
2881 /* The rectangles returned by GetUpdateRect and BeginPaint
2882 do not always match. Play it safe by assuming both areas
2884 UnionRect (&(wmsg
.rect
), &update_rect
, &(paintStruct
.rcPaint
));
2886 #if defined (W32_DEBUG_DISPLAY)
2887 DebPrint (("WM_PAINT (frame %p): painting %d,%d-%d,%d\n",
2889 wmsg
.rect
.left
, wmsg
.rect
.top
,
2890 wmsg
.rect
.right
, wmsg
.rect
.bottom
));
2891 DebPrint ((" [update region is %d,%d-%d,%d]\n",
2892 update_rect
.left
, update_rect
.top
,
2893 update_rect
.right
, update_rect
.bottom
));
2895 EndPaint (hwnd
, &paintStruct
);
2898 /* Change the message type to prevent Windows from
2899 combining WM_PAINT messages in the Lisp thread's queue,
2900 since Windows assumes that each message queue is
2901 dedicated to one frame and does not bother checking
2902 that hwnd matches before combining them. */
2903 my_post_msg (&wmsg
, hwnd
, WM_EMACS_PAINT
, wParam
, lParam
);
2908 /* If GetUpdateRect returns 0 (meaning there is no update
2909 region), assume the whole window needs to be repainted. */
2910 GetClientRect (hwnd
, &wmsg
.rect
);
2911 my_post_msg (&wmsg
, hwnd
, msg
, wParam
, lParam
);
2915 case WM_INPUTLANGCHANGE
:
2916 /* Inform lisp thread of keyboard layout changes. */
2917 my_post_msg (&wmsg
, hwnd
, msg
, wParam
, lParam
);
2919 /* Clear dead keys in the keyboard state; for simplicity only
2920 preserve modifier key states. */
2925 GetKeyboardState (keystate
);
2926 for (i
= 0; i
< 256; i
++)
2943 SetKeyboardState (keystate
);
2948 /* Synchronize hot keys with normal input. */
2949 PostMessage (hwnd
, WM_KEYDOWN
, HIWORD (lParam
), 0);
2954 record_keyup (wParam
, lParam
);
2959 /* Ignore keystrokes we fake ourself; see below. */
2960 if (dpyinfo
->faked_key
== wParam
)
2962 dpyinfo
->faked_key
= 0;
2963 /* Make sure TranslateMessage sees them though (as long as
2964 they don't produce WM_CHAR messages). This ensures that
2965 indicator lights are toggled promptly on Windows 9x, for
2967 if (wParam
< 256 && lispy_function_keys
[wParam
])
2969 windows_translate
= 1;
2975 /* Synchronize modifiers with current keystroke. */
2977 record_keydown (wParam
, lParam
);
2978 wParam
= map_keypad_keys (wParam
, (lParam
& 0x1000000L
) != 0);
2980 windows_translate
= 0;
2985 if (NILP (Vw32_pass_lwindow_to_system
))
2987 /* Prevent system from acting on keyup (which opens the
2988 Start menu if no other key was pressed) by simulating a
2989 press of Space which we will ignore. */
2990 if (GetAsyncKeyState (wParam
) & 1)
2992 if (NUMBERP (Vw32_phantom_key_code
))
2993 key
= XUINT (Vw32_phantom_key_code
) & 255;
2996 dpyinfo
->faked_key
= key
;
2997 keybd_event (key
, (BYTE
) MapVirtualKey (key
, 0), 0, 0);
3000 if (!NILP (Vw32_lwindow_modifier
))
3004 if (NILP (Vw32_pass_rwindow_to_system
))
3006 if (GetAsyncKeyState (wParam
) & 1)
3008 if (NUMBERP (Vw32_phantom_key_code
))
3009 key
= XUINT (Vw32_phantom_key_code
) & 255;
3012 dpyinfo
->faked_key
= key
;
3013 keybd_event (key
, (BYTE
) MapVirtualKey (key
, 0), 0, 0);
3016 if (!NILP (Vw32_rwindow_modifier
))
3020 if (!NILP (Vw32_apps_modifier
))
3024 if (NILP (Vw32_pass_alt_to_system
))
3025 /* Prevent DefWindowProc from activating the menu bar if an
3026 Alt key is pressed and released by itself. */
3028 windows_translate
= 1;
3031 /* Decide whether to treat as modifier or function key. */
3032 if (NILP (Vw32_enable_caps_lock
))
3033 goto disable_lock_key
;
3034 windows_translate
= 1;
3037 /* Decide whether to treat as modifier or function key. */
3038 if (NILP (Vw32_enable_num_lock
))
3039 goto disable_lock_key
;
3040 windows_translate
= 1;
3043 /* Decide whether to treat as modifier or function key. */
3044 if (NILP (Vw32_scroll_lock_modifier
))
3045 goto disable_lock_key
;
3046 windows_translate
= 1;
3049 /* Ensure the appropriate lock key state (and indicator light)
3050 remains in the same state. We do this by faking another
3051 press of the relevant key. Apparently, this really is the
3052 only way to toggle the state of the indicator lights. */
3053 dpyinfo
->faked_key
= wParam
;
3054 keybd_event ((BYTE
) wParam
, (BYTE
) MapVirtualKey (wParam
, 0),
3055 KEYEVENTF_EXTENDEDKEY
| KEYEVENTF_KEYUP
, 0);
3056 keybd_event ((BYTE
) wParam
, (BYTE
) MapVirtualKey (wParam
, 0),
3057 KEYEVENTF_EXTENDEDKEY
| 0, 0);
3058 keybd_event ((BYTE
) wParam
, (BYTE
) MapVirtualKey (wParam
, 0),
3059 KEYEVENTF_EXTENDEDKEY
| KEYEVENTF_KEYUP
, 0);
3060 /* Ensure indicator lights are updated promptly on Windows 9x
3061 (TranslateMessage apparently does this), after forwarding
3063 post_character_message (hwnd
, msg
, wParam
, lParam
,
3064 w32_get_key_modifiers (wParam
, lParam
));
3065 windows_translate
= 1;
3069 case VK_PROCESSKEY
: /* Generated by IME. */
3070 windows_translate
= 1;
3073 /* Windows maps Ctrl-Pause (aka Ctrl-Break) into VK_CANCEL,
3074 which is confusing for purposes of key binding; convert
3075 VK_CANCEL events into VK_PAUSE events. */
3079 /* Windows maps Ctrl-NumLock into VK_PAUSE, which is confusing
3080 for purposes of key binding; convert these back into
3081 VK_NUMLOCK events, at least when we want to see NumLock key
3082 presses. (Note that there is never any possibility that
3083 VK_PAUSE with Ctrl really is C-Pause as per above.) */
3084 if (NILP (Vw32_enable_num_lock
) && modifier_set (VK_CONTROL
))
3085 wParam
= VK_NUMLOCK
;
3088 /* If not defined as a function key, change it to a WM_CHAR message. */
3089 if (wParam
> 255 || !lispy_function_keys
[wParam
])
3091 DWORD modifiers
= construct_console_modifiers ();
3093 if (!NILP (Vw32_recognize_altgr
)
3094 && modifier_set (VK_LCONTROL
) && modifier_set (VK_RMENU
))
3096 /* Always let TranslateMessage handle AltGr key chords;
3097 for some reason, ToAscii doesn't always process AltGr
3098 chords correctly. */
3099 windows_translate
= 1;
3101 else if ((modifiers
& (~SHIFT_PRESSED
& ~CAPSLOCK_ON
)) != 0)
3103 /* Handle key chords including any modifiers other
3104 than shift directly, in order to preserve as much
3105 modifier information as possible. */
3106 if ('A' <= wParam
&& wParam
<= 'Z')
3108 /* Don't translate modified alphabetic keystrokes,
3109 so the user doesn't need to constantly switch
3110 layout to type control or meta keystrokes when
3111 the normal layout translates alphabetic
3112 characters to non-ascii characters. */
3113 if (!modifier_set (VK_SHIFT
))
3114 wParam
+= ('a' - 'A');
3119 /* Try to handle other keystrokes by determining the
3120 base character (ie. translating the base key plus
3123 KEY_EVENT_RECORD key
;
3125 key
.bKeyDown
= TRUE
;
3126 key
.wRepeatCount
= 1;
3127 key
.wVirtualKeyCode
= wParam
;
3128 key
.wVirtualScanCode
= (lParam
& 0xFF0000) >> 16;
3129 key
.uChar
.AsciiChar
= 0;
3130 key
.dwControlKeyState
= modifiers
;
3132 add
= w32_kbd_patch_key (&key
, w32_keyboard_codepage
);
3133 /* 0 means an unrecognized keycode, negative means
3134 dead key. Ignore both. */
3137 /* Forward asciified character sequence. */
3138 post_character_message
3140 (unsigned char) key
.uChar
.AsciiChar
, lParam
,
3141 w32_get_key_modifiers (wParam
, lParam
));
3142 w32_kbd_patch_key (&key
, w32_keyboard_codepage
);
3149 /* Let TranslateMessage handle everything else. */
3150 windows_translate
= 1;
3156 if (windows_translate
)
3158 MSG windows_msg
= { hwnd
, msg
, wParam
, lParam
, 0, {0,0} };
3159 windows_msg
.time
= GetMessageTime ();
3160 TranslateMessage (&windows_msg
);
3172 wmsg
.dwModifiers
= w32_get_key_modifiers (wParam
, lParam
);
3173 signal_user_input ();
3174 my_post_msg (&wmsg
, hwnd
, WM_UNICHAR
, wParam
, lParam
);
3178 post_character_message (hwnd
, msg
, wParam
, lParam
,
3179 w32_get_key_modifiers (wParam
, lParam
));
3183 /* WM_UNICHAR looks promising from the docs, but the exact
3184 circumstances in which TranslateMessage sends it is one of those
3185 Microsoft secret API things that EU and US courts are supposed
3186 to have put a stop to already. Spy++ shows it being sent to Notepad
3187 and other MS apps, but never to Emacs.
3189 Some third party IMEs send it in accordance with the official
3190 documentation though, so handle it here.
3192 UNICODE_NOCHAR is used to test for support for this message.
3193 TRUE indicates that the message is supported. */
3194 if (wParam
== UNICODE_NOCHAR
)
3199 wmsg
.dwModifiers
= w32_get_key_modifiers (wParam
, lParam
);
3200 signal_user_input ();
3201 my_post_msg (&wmsg
, hwnd
, msg
, wParam
, lParam
);
3206 /* If we can't get the IME result as Unicode, use default processing,
3207 which will at least allow characters decodable in the system locale
3209 if (!get_composition_string_fn
)
3212 else if (!ignore_ime_char
)
3217 HIMC context
= get_ime_context_fn (hwnd
);
3218 wmsg
.dwModifiers
= w32_get_key_modifiers (wParam
, lParam
);
3219 /* Get buffer size. */
3220 size
= get_composition_string_fn (context
, GCS_RESULTSTR
, NULL
, 0);
3221 buffer
= alloca (size
);
3222 size
= get_composition_string_fn (context
, GCS_RESULTSTR
,
3224 release_ime_context_fn (hwnd
, context
);
3226 signal_user_input ();
3227 for (i
= 0; i
< size
/ sizeof (wchar_t); i
++)
3229 my_post_msg (&wmsg
, hwnd
, WM_UNICHAR
, (WPARAM
) buffer
[i
],
3232 /* Ignore the messages for the rest of the
3233 characters in the string that was output above. */
3234 ignore_ime_char
= (size
/ sizeof (wchar_t)) - 1;
3241 case WM_IME_STARTCOMPOSITION
:
3242 if (!set_ime_composition_window_fn
)
3246 COMPOSITIONFORM form
;
3250 /* Implementation note: The code below does something that
3251 one shouldn't do: it accesses the window object from a
3252 separate thread, while the main (a.k.a. "Lisp") thread
3253 runs and can legitimately delete and even GC it. That is
3254 why we are extra careful not to futz with a window that
3255 is different from the one recorded when the system caret
3256 coordinates were last modified. That is also why we are
3257 careful not to move the IME window if the window
3258 described by W was deleted, as indicated by its buffer
3259 field being reset to nil. */
3260 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, hwnd
);
3261 if (!(f
&& FRAME_LIVE_P (f
)))
3263 w
= XWINDOW (FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f
));
3264 /* Punt if someone changed the frame's selected window
3266 if (w
!= w32_system_caret_window
)
3269 form
.dwStyle
= CFS_RECT
;
3270 form
.ptCurrentPos
.x
= w32_system_caret_x
;
3271 form
.ptCurrentPos
.y
= w32_system_caret_y
;
3273 form
.rcArea
.left
= WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, 0);
3274 form
.rcArea
.top
= (WINDOW_TOP_EDGE_Y (w
)
3275 + w32_system_caret_hdr_height
);
3276 form
.rcArea
.right
= (WINDOW_BOX_RIGHT_EDGE_X (w
)
3277 - WINDOW_RIGHT_MARGIN_WIDTH (w
)
3278 - WINDOW_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w
));
3279 form
.rcArea
.bottom
= (WINDOW_BOTTOM_EDGE_Y (w
)
3280 - WINDOW_BOTTOM_DIVIDER_WIDTH (w
)
3281 - w32_system_caret_mode_height
);
3283 /* Punt if the window was deleted behind our back. */
3284 if (!BUFFERP (w
->contents
))
3287 context
= get_ime_context_fn (hwnd
);
3292 set_ime_composition_window_fn (context
, &form
);
3293 release_ime_context_fn (hwnd
, context
);
3297 case WM_IME_ENDCOMPOSITION
:
3298 ignore_ime_char
= 0;
3301 /* Simulate middle mouse button events when left and right buttons
3302 are used together, but only if user has two button mouse. */
3303 case WM_LBUTTONDOWN
:
3304 case WM_RBUTTONDOWN
:
3305 if (w32_num_mouse_buttons
> 2)
3306 goto handle_plain_button
;
3309 int this = (msg
== WM_LBUTTONDOWN
) ? LMOUSE
: RMOUSE
;
3310 int other
= (msg
== WM_LBUTTONDOWN
) ? RMOUSE
: LMOUSE
;
3312 if (button_state
& this)
3315 if (button_state
== 0)
3318 button_state
|= this;
3320 if (button_state
& other
)
3322 if (mouse_button_timer
)
3324 KillTimer (hwnd
, mouse_button_timer
);
3325 mouse_button_timer
= 0;
3327 /* Generate middle mouse event instead. */
3328 msg
= WM_MBUTTONDOWN
;
3329 button_state
|= MMOUSE
;
3331 else if (button_state
& MMOUSE
)
3333 /* Ignore button event if we've already generated a
3334 middle mouse down event. This happens if the
3335 user releases and press one of the two buttons
3336 after we've faked a middle mouse event. */
3341 /* Flush out saved message. */
3342 post_msg (&saved_mouse_button_msg
);
3344 wmsg
.dwModifiers
= w32_get_modifiers ();
3345 my_post_msg (&wmsg
, hwnd
, msg
, wParam
, lParam
);
3346 signal_user_input ();
3348 /* Clear message buffer. */
3349 saved_mouse_button_msg
.msg
.hwnd
= 0;
3353 /* Hold onto message for now. */
3354 mouse_button_timer
=
3355 SetTimer (hwnd
, MOUSE_BUTTON_ID
,
3356 w32_mouse_button_tolerance
, NULL
);
3357 saved_mouse_button_msg
.msg
.hwnd
= hwnd
;
3358 saved_mouse_button_msg
.msg
.message
= msg
;
3359 saved_mouse_button_msg
.msg
.wParam
= wParam
;
3360 saved_mouse_button_msg
.msg
.lParam
= lParam
;
3361 saved_mouse_button_msg
.msg
.time
= GetMessageTime ();
3362 saved_mouse_button_msg
.dwModifiers
= w32_get_modifiers ();
3369 if (w32_num_mouse_buttons
> 2)
3370 goto handle_plain_button
;
3373 int this = (msg
== WM_LBUTTONUP
) ? LMOUSE
: RMOUSE
;
3374 int other
= (msg
== WM_LBUTTONUP
) ? RMOUSE
: LMOUSE
;
3376 if ((button_state
& this) == 0)
3379 button_state
&= ~this;
3381 if (button_state
& MMOUSE
)
3383 /* Only generate event when second button is released. */
3384 if ((button_state
& other
) == 0)
3387 button_state
&= ~MMOUSE
;
3389 if (button_state
) emacs_abort ();
3396 /* Flush out saved message if necessary. */
3397 if (saved_mouse_button_msg
.msg
.hwnd
)
3399 post_msg (&saved_mouse_button_msg
);
3402 wmsg
.dwModifiers
= w32_get_modifiers ();
3403 my_post_msg (&wmsg
, hwnd
, msg
, wParam
, lParam
);
3404 signal_user_input ();
3406 /* Always clear message buffer and cancel timer. */
3407 saved_mouse_button_msg
.msg
.hwnd
= 0;
3408 KillTimer (hwnd
, mouse_button_timer
);
3409 mouse_button_timer
= 0;
3411 if (button_state
== 0)
3416 case WM_XBUTTONDOWN
:
3418 if (w32_pass_extra_mouse_buttons_to_system
)
3420 /* else fall through and process them. */
3421 case WM_MBUTTONDOWN
:
3423 handle_plain_button
:
3428 /* Ignore middle and extra buttons as long as the menu is active. */
3429 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, hwnd
);
3430 if (f
&& f
->output_data
.w32
->menubar_active
)
3433 if (parse_button (msg
, HIWORD (wParam
), &button
, &up
))
3435 if (up
) ReleaseCapture ();
3436 else SetCapture (hwnd
);
3437 button
= (button
== 0) ? LMOUSE
:
3438 ((button
== 1) ? MMOUSE
: RMOUSE
);
3440 button_state
&= ~button
;
3442 button_state
|= button
;
3446 wmsg
.dwModifiers
= w32_get_modifiers ();
3447 my_post_msg (&wmsg
, hwnd
, msg
, wParam
, lParam
);
3448 signal_user_input ();
3450 /* Need to return true for XBUTTON messages, false for others,
3451 to indicate that we processed the message. */
3452 return (msg
== WM_XBUTTONDOWN
|| msg
== WM_XBUTTONUP
);
3455 /* Ignore mouse movements as long as the menu is active. These
3456 movements are processed by the window manager anyway, and
3457 it's wrong to handle them as if they happened on the
3458 underlying frame. */
3459 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, hwnd
);
3460 if (f
&& f
->output_data
.w32
->menubar_active
)
3463 /* If the mouse has just moved into the frame, start tracking
3464 it, so we will be notified when it leaves the frame. Mouse
3465 tracking only works under W98 and NT4 and later. On earlier
3466 versions, there is no way of telling when the mouse leaves the
3467 frame, so we just have to put up with help-echo and mouse
3468 highlighting remaining while the frame is not active. */
3469 if (track_mouse_event_fn
&& !track_mouse_window
3470 /* If the menu bar is active, turning on tracking of mouse
3471 movement events might send these events to the tooltip
3472 frame, if the user happens to move the mouse pointer over
3473 the tooltip. But since we don't process events for
3474 tooltip frames, this causes Windows to present a
3475 hourglass cursor, which is ugly and unexpected. So don't
3476 enable tracking mouse events in this case; they will be
3477 restarted when the menu pops down. (Confusingly, the
3478 menubar_active member of f->output_data.w32, tested
3479 above, is only set when a menu was popped up _not_ from
3480 the frame's menu bar, but via x-popup-menu.) */
3483 TRACKMOUSEEVENT tme
;
3484 tme
.cbSize
= sizeof (tme
);
3485 tme
.dwFlags
= TME_LEAVE
;
3486 tme
.hwndTrack
= hwnd
;
3487 tme
.dwHoverTime
= HOVER_DEFAULT
;
3489 track_mouse_event_fn (&tme
);
3490 track_mouse_window
= hwnd
;
3494 if (w32_mouse_move_interval
<= 0
3495 || (msg
== WM_MOUSEMOVE
&& button_state
== 0))
3497 wmsg
.dwModifiers
= w32_get_modifiers ();
3498 my_post_msg (&wmsg
, hwnd
, msg
, wParam
, lParam
);
3502 /* Hang onto mouse move and scroll messages for a bit, to avoid
3503 sending such events to Emacs faster than it can process them.
3504 If we get more events before the timer from the first message
3505 expires, we just replace the first message. */
3507 if (saved_mouse_move_msg
.msg
.hwnd
== 0)
3509 SetTimer (hwnd
, MOUSE_MOVE_ID
,
3510 w32_mouse_move_interval
, NULL
);
3512 /* Hold onto message for now. */
3513 saved_mouse_move_msg
.msg
.hwnd
= hwnd
;
3514 saved_mouse_move_msg
.msg
.message
= msg
;
3515 saved_mouse_move_msg
.msg
.wParam
= wParam
;
3516 saved_mouse_move_msg
.msg
.lParam
= lParam
;
3517 saved_mouse_move_msg
.msg
.time
= GetMessageTime ();
3518 saved_mouse_move_msg
.dwModifiers
= w32_get_modifiers ();
3524 wmsg
.dwModifiers
= w32_get_modifiers ();
3525 my_post_msg (&wmsg
, hwnd
, msg
, wParam
, lParam
);
3526 signal_user_input ();
3530 if (w32_pass_multimedia_buttons_to_system
)
3532 /* Otherwise, pass to lisp, the same way we do with mousehwheel. */
3533 case WM_MOUSEHWHEEL
:
3534 wmsg
.dwModifiers
= w32_get_modifiers ();
3535 my_post_msg (&wmsg
, hwnd
, msg
, wParam
, lParam
);
3536 signal_user_input ();
3537 /* Non-zero must be returned when WM_MOUSEHWHEEL messages are
3538 handled, to prevent the system trying to handle it by faking
3539 scroll bar events. */
3543 /* Flush out saved messages if necessary. */
3544 if (wParam
== mouse_button_timer
)
3546 if (saved_mouse_button_msg
.msg
.hwnd
)
3548 post_msg (&saved_mouse_button_msg
);
3549 signal_user_input ();
3550 saved_mouse_button_msg
.msg
.hwnd
= 0;
3552 KillTimer (hwnd
, mouse_button_timer
);
3553 mouse_button_timer
= 0;
3555 else if (wParam
== mouse_move_timer
)
3557 if (saved_mouse_move_msg
.msg
.hwnd
)
3559 post_msg (&saved_mouse_move_msg
);
3560 saved_mouse_move_msg
.msg
.hwnd
= 0;
3562 KillTimer (hwnd
, mouse_move_timer
);
3563 mouse_move_timer
= 0;
3565 else if (wParam
== menu_free_timer
)
3567 KillTimer (hwnd
, menu_free_timer
);
3568 menu_free_timer
= 0;
3569 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, hwnd
);
3570 /* If a popup menu is active, don't wipe its strings. */
3572 && current_popup_menu
== NULL
)
3574 /* Free memory used by owner-drawn and help-echo strings. */
3575 w32_free_menu_strings (hwnd
);
3577 f
->output_data
.w32
->menubar_active
= 0;
3584 /* Windows doesn't send us focus messages when putting up and
3585 taking down a system popup dialog as for Ctrl-Alt-Del on Windows 95.
3586 The only indication we get that something happened is receiving
3587 this message afterwards. So this is a good time to reset our
3588 keyboard modifiers' state. */
3595 /* We must ensure menu bar is fully constructed and up to date
3596 before allowing user interaction with it. To achieve this
3597 we send this message to the lisp thread and wait for a
3598 reply (whose value is not actually needed) to indicate that
3599 the menu bar is now ready for use, so we can now return.
3601 To remain responsive in the meantime, we enter a nested message
3602 loop that can process all other messages.
3604 However, we skip all this if the message results from calling
3605 TrackPopupMenu - in fact, we must NOT attempt to send the lisp
3606 thread a message because it is blocked on us at this point. We
3607 set menubar_active before calling TrackPopupMenu to indicate
3608 this (there is no possibility of confusion with real menubar
3611 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, hwnd
);
3613 && (f
->output_data
.w32
->menubar_active
3614 /* We can receive this message even in the absence of a
3615 menubar (ie. when the system menu is activated) - in this
3616 case we do NOT want to forward the message, otherwise it
3617 will cause the menubar to suddenly appear when the user
3618 had requested it to be turned off! */
3619 || f
->output_data
.w32
->menubar_widget
== NULL
))
3623 deferred_msg msg_buf
;
3625 /* Detect if message has already been deferred; in this case
3626 we cannot return any sensible value to ignore this. */
3627 if (find_deferred_msg (hwnd
, msg
) != NULL
)
3632 return send_deferred_msg (&msg_buf
, hwnd
, msg
, wParam
, lParam
);
3635 case WM_EXITMENULOOP
:
3636 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, hwnd
);
3638 /* If a menu is still active, check again after a short delay,
3639 since Windows often (always?) sends the WM_EXITMENULOOP
3640 before the corresponding WM_COMMAND message.
3641 Don't do this if a popup menu is active, since it is only
3642 menubar menus that require cleaning up in this way.
3644 if (f
&& menubar_in_use
&& current_popup_menu
== NULL
)
3645 menu_free_timer
= SetTimer (hwnd
, MENU_FREE_ID
, MENU_FREE_DELAY
, NULL
);
3647 /* If hourglass cursor should be displayed, display it now. */
3648 if (f
&& f
->output_data
.w32
->hourglass_p
)
3649 SetCursor (f
->output_data
.w32
->hourglass_cursor
);
3654 /* Direct handling of help_echo in menus. Should be safe now
3655 that we generate the help_echo by placing a help event in the
3658 HMENU menu
= (HMENU
) lParam
;
3659 UINT menu_item
= (UINT
) LOWORD (wParam
);
3660 UINT flags
= (UINT
) HIWORD (wParam
);
3662 w32_menu_display_help (hwnd
, menu
, menu_item
, flags
);
3666 case WM_MEASUREITEM
:
3667 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, hwnd
);
3670 MEASUREITEMSTRUCT
* pMis
= (MEASUREITEMSTRUCT
*) lParam
;
3672 if (pMis
->CtlType
== ODT_MENU
)
3674 /* Work out dimensions for popup menu titles. */
3675 char * title
= (char *) pMis
->itemData
;
3676 HDC hdc
= GetDC (hwnd
);
3677 HFONT menu_font
= GetCurrentObject (hdc
, OBJ_FONT
);
3678 LOGFONT menu_logfont
;
3682 GetObject (menu_font
, sizeof (menu_logfont
), &menu_logfont
);
3683 menu_logfont
.lfWeight
= FW_BOLD
;
3684 menu_font
= CreateFontIndirect (&menu_logfont
);
3685 old_font
= SelectObject (hdc
, menu_font
);
3687 pMis
->itemHeight
= GetSystemMetrics (SM_CYMENUSIZE
);
3690 if (unicode_append_menu
)
3691 GetTextExtentPoint32W (hdc
, (WCHAR
*) title
,
3692 wcslen ((WCHAR
*) title
),
3695 GetTextExtentPoint32 (hdc
, title
, strlen (title
), &size
);
3697 pMis
->itemWidth
= size
.cx
;
3698 if (pMis
->itemHeight
< size
.cy
)
3699 pMis
->itemHeight
= size
.cy
;
3702 pMis
->itemWidth
= 0;
3704 SelectObject (hdc
, old_font
);
3705 DeleteObject (menu_font
);
3706 ReleaseDC (hwnd
, hdc
);
3713 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, hwnd
);
3716 DRAWITEMSTRUCT
* pDis
= (DRAWITEMSTRUCT
*) lParam
;
3718 if (pDis
->CtlType
== ODT_MENU
)
3720 /* Draw popup menu title. */
3721 char * title
= (char *) pDis
->itemData
;
3724 HDC hdc
= pDis
->hDC
;
3725 HFONT menu_font
= GetCurrentObject (hdc
, OBJ_FONT
);
3726 LOGFONT menu_logfont
;
3729 GetObject (menu_font
, sizeof (menu_logfont
), &menu_logfont
);
3730 menu_logfont
.lfWeight
= FW_BOLD
;
3731 menu_font
= CreateFontIndirect (&menu_logfont
);
3732 old_font
= SelectObject (hdc
, menu_font
);
3734 /* Always draw title as if not selected. */
3735 if (unicode_append_menu
)
3738 + GetSystemMetrics (SM_CXMENUCHECK
),
3740 ETO_OPAQUE
, &pDis
->rcItem
,
3742 wcslen ((WCHAR
*) title
), NULL
);
3746 + GetSystemMetrics (SM_CXMENUCHECK
),
3748 ETO_OPAQUE
, &pDis
->rcItem
,
3749 title
, strlen (title
), NULL
);
3751 SelectObject (hdc
, old_font
);
3752 DeleteObject (menu_font
);
3760 /* Still not right - can't distinguish between clicks in the
3761 client area of the frame from clicks forwarded from the scroll
3762 bars - may have to hook WM_NCHITTEST to remember the mouse
3763 position and then check if it is in the client area ourselves. */
3764 case WM_MOUSEACTIVATE
:
3765 /* Discard the mouse click that activates a frame, allowing the
3766 user to click anywhere without changing point (or worse!).
3767 Don't eat mouse clicks on scrollbars though!! */
3768 if (LOWORD (lParam
) == HTCLIENT
)
3769 return MA_ACTIVATEANDEAT
;
3774 /* No longer tracking mouse. */
3775 track_mouse_window
= NULL
;
3777 case WM_ACTIVATEAPP
:
3779 case WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGED
:
3781 /* Inform lisp thread that a frame might have just been obscured
3782 or exposed, so should recheck visibility of all frames. */
3783 my_post_msg (&wmsg
, hwnd
, msg
, wParam
, lParam
);
3787 dpyinfo
->faked_key
= 0;
3789 register_hot_keys (hwnd
);
3792 unregister_hot_keys (hwnd
);
3795 /* Relinquish the system caret. */
3796 if (w32_system_caret_hwnd
)
3798 w32_visible_system_caret_hwnd
= NULL
;
3799 w32_system_caret_hwnd
= NULL
;
3805 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, hwnd
);
3806 if (f
&& HIWORD (wParam
) == 0)
3808 if (menu_free_timer
)
3810 KillTimer (hwnd
, menu_free_timer
);
3811 menu_free_timer
= 0;
3817 wmsg
.dwModifiers
= w32_get_modifiers ();
3818 my_post_msg (&wmsg
, hwnd
, msg
, wParam
, lParam
);
3826 wmsg
.dwModifiers
= w32_get_modifiers ();
3827 my_post_msg (&wmsg
, hwnd
, msg
, wParam
, lParam
);
3830 case WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGING
:
3831 /* Don't restrict the sizing of any kind of frames. If the window
3832 manager doesn't, there's no reason to do it ourselves. */
3834 if (frame_resize_pixelwise
|| hwnd
== tip_window
)
3839 /* Don't restrict the sizing of fullscreened frames, allowing them to be
3840 flush with the sides of the screen. */
3841 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, hwnd
);
3842 if (f
&& FRAME_PREV_FSMODE (f
) != FULLSCREEN_NONE
)
3847 LPWINDOWPOS lppos
= (WINDOWPOS
*) lParam
;
3849 wp
.length
= sizeof (WINDOWPLACEMENT
);
3850 GetWindowPlacement (hwnd
, &wp
);
3852 if (wp
.showCmd
!= SW_SHOWMAXIMIZED
&& wp
.showCmd
!= SW_SHOWMINIMIZED
3853 && (lppos
->flags
& SWP_NOSIZE
) == 0)
3860 DWORD internal_border
;
3861 DWORD vscrollbar_extra
;
3862 DWORD hscrollbar_extra
;
3865 wp
.length
= sizeof (wp
);
3866 GetWindowRect (hwnd
, &wr
);
3870 font_width
= GetWindowLong (hwnd
, WND_FONTWIDTH_INDEX
);
3871 line_height
= GetWindowLong (hwnd
, WND_LINEHEIGHT_INDEX
);
3872 internal_border
= GetWindowLong (hwnd
, WND_BORDER_INDEX
);
3873 vscrollbar_extra
= GetWindowLong (hwnd
, WND_VSCROLLBAR_INDEX
);
3874 hscrollbar_extra
= GetWindowLong (hwnd
, WND_HSCROLLBAR_INDEX
);
3878 memset (&rect
, 0, sizeof (rect
));
3879 AdjustWindowRect (&rect
, GetWindowLong (hwnd
, GWL_STYLE
),
3880 GetMenu (hwnd
) != NULL
);
3882 /* Force width and height of client area to be exact
3883 multiples of the character cell dimensions. */
3884 wdiff
= (lppos
->cx
- (rect
.right
- rect
.left
)
3885 - 2 * internal_border
- vscrollbar_extra
)
3887 hdiff
= (lppos
->cy
- (rect
.bottom
- rect
.top
)
3888 - 2 * internal_border
- hscrollbar_extra
)
3893 /* For right/bottom sizing we can just fix the sizes.
3894 However for top/left sizing we will need to fix the X
3895 and Y positions as well. */
3897 int cx_mintrack
= GetSystemMetrics (SM_CXMINTRACK
);
3898 int cy_mintrack
= GetSystemMetrics (SM_CYMINTRACK
);
3900 lppos
->cx
= max (lppos
->cx
- wdiff
, cx_mintrack
);
3901 lppos
->cy
= max (lppos
->cy
- hdiff
, cy_mintrack
);
3903 if (wp
.showCmd
!= SW_SHOWMAXIMIZED
3904 && (lppos
->flags
& SWP_NOMOVE
) == 0)
3906 if (lppos
->x
!= wr
.left
|| lppos
->y
!= wr
.top
)
3913 lppos
->flags
|= SWP_NOMOVE
;
3925 case WM_GETMINMAXINFO
:
3926 /* Hack to allow resizing the Emacs frame above the screen size.
3927 Note that Windows 9x limits coordinates to 16-bits. */
3928 ((LPMINMAXINFO
) lParam
)->ptMaxTrackSize
.x
= 32767;
3929 ((LPMINMAXINFO
) lParam
)->ptMaxTrackSize
.y
= 32767;
3933 if (LOWORD (lParam
) == HTCLIENT
)
3935 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, hwnd
);
3936 if (f
&& f
->output_data
.w32
->hourglass_p
3937 && !menubar_in_use
&& !current_popup_menu
)
3938 SetCursor (f
->output_data
.w32
->hourglass_cursor
);
3940 SetCursor (f
->output_data
.w32
->current_cursor
);
3945 case WM_EMACS_SETCURSOR
:
3947 Cursor cursor
= (Cursor
) wParam
;
3948 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, hwnd
);
3951 f
->output_data
.w32
->current_cursor
= cursor
;
3952 if (!f
->output_data
.w32
->hourglass_p
)
3958 case WM_EMACS_SHOWCURSOR
:
3960 ShowCursor ((BOOL
) wParam
);
3965 case WM_EMACS_CREATEVSCROLLBAR
:
3966 return (LRESULT
) w32_createvscrollbar ((struct frame
*) wParam
,
3967 (struct scroll_bar
*) lParam
);
3969 case WM_EMACS_CREATEHSCROLLBAR
:
3970 return (LRESULT
) w32_createhscrollbar ((struct frame
*) wParam
,
3971 (struct scroll_bar
*) lParam
);
3973 case WM_EMACS_SHOWWINDOW
:
3974 return ShowWindow ((HWND
) wParam
, (WPARAM
) lParam
);
3976 case WM_EMACS_BRINGTOTOP
:
3977 case WM_EMACS_SETFOREGROUND
:
3979 HWND foreground_window
;
3980 DWORD foreground_thread
, retval
;
3982 /* On NT 5.0, and apparently Windows 98, it is necessary to
3983 attach to the thread that currently has focus in order to
3984 pull the focus away from it. */
3985 foreground_window
= GetForegroundWindow ();
3986 foreground_thread
= GetWindowThreadProcessId (foreground_window
, NULL
);
3987 if (!foreground_window
3988 || foreground_thread
== GetCurrentThreadId ()
3989 || !AttachThreadInput (GetCurrentThreadId (),
3990 foreground_thread
, TRUE
))
3991 foreground_thread
= 0;
3993 retval
= SetForegroundWindow ((HWND
) wParam
);
3994 if (msg
== WM_EMACS_BRINGTOTOP
)
3995 retval
= BringWindowToTop ((HWND
) wParam
);
3997 /* Detach from the previous foreground thread. */
3998 if (foreground_thread
)
3999 AttachThreadInput (GetCurrentThreadId (),
4000 foreground_thread
, FALSE
);
4005 case WM_EMACS_SETWINDOWPOS
:
4007 WINDOWPOS
* pos
= (WINDOWPOS
*) wParam
;
4008 return SetWindowPos (hwnd
, pos
->hwndInsertAfter
,
4009 pos
->x
, pos
->y
, pos
->cx
, pos
->cy
, pos
->flags
);
4012 case WM_EMACS_DESTROYWINDOW
:
4013 DragAcceptFiles ((HWND
) wParam
, FALSE
);
4014 return DestroyWindow ((HWND
) wParam
);
4016 case WM_EMACS_HIDE_CARET
:
4017 return HideCaret (hwnd
);
4019 case WM_EMACS_SHOW_CARET
:
4020 return ShowCaret (hwnd
);
4022 case WM_EMACS_DESTROY_CARET
:
4023 w32_system_caret_hwnd
= NULL
;
4024 w32_visible_system_caret_hwnd
= NULL
;
4025 return DestroyCaret ();
4027 case WM_EMACS_TRACK_CARET
:
4028 /* If there is currently no system caret, create one. */
4029 if (w32_system_caret_hwnd
== NULL
)
4031 /* Use the default caret width, and avoid changing it
4032 unnecessarily, as it confuses screen reader software. */
4033 w32_system_caret_hwnd
= hwnd
;
4034 CreateCaret (hwnd
, NULL
, 0,
4035 w32_system_caret_height
);
4038 if (!SetCaretPos (w32_system_caret_x
, w32_system_caret_y
))
4040 /* Ensure visible caret gets turned on when requested. */
4041 else if (w32_use_visible_system_caret
4042 && w32_visible_system_caret_hwnd
!= hwnd
)
4044 w32_visible_system_caret_hwnd
= hwnd
;
4045 return ShowCaret (hwnd
);
4047 /* Ensure visible caret gets turned off when requested. */
4048 else if (!w32_use_visible_system_caret
4049 && w32_visible_system_caret_hwnd
)
4051 w32_visible_system_caret_hwnd
= NULL
;
4052 return HideCaret (hwnd
);
4057 case WM_EMACS_TRACKPOPUPMENU
:
4062 pos
= (POINT
*)lParam
;
4063 flags
= TPM_CENTERALIGN
;
4064 if (button_state
& LMOUSE
)
4065 flags
|= TPM_LEFTBUTTON
;
4066 else if (button_state
& RMOUSE
)
4067 flags
|= TPM_RIGHTBUTTON
;
4069 /* Remember we did a SetCapture on the initial mouse down event,
4070 so for safety, we make sure the capture is canceled now. */
4074 /* Use menubar_active to indicate that WM_INITMENU is from
4075 TrackPopupMenu below, and should be ignored. */
4076 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, hwnd
);
4078 f
->output_data
.w32
->menubar_active
= 1;
4080 if (TrackPopupMenu ((HMENU
)wParam
, flags
, pos
->x
, pos
->y
,
4084 /* Eat any mouse messages during popupmenu */
4085 while (PeekMessage (&amsg
, hwnd
, WM_MOUSEFIRST
, WM_MOUSELAST
,
4087 /* Get the menu selection, if any */
4088 if (PeekMessage (&amsg
, hwnd
, WM_COMMAND
, WM_COMMAND
, PM_REMOVE
))
4090 retval
= LOWORD (amsg
.wParam
);
4104 case WM_EMACS_FILENOTIFY
:
4105 my_post_msg (&wmsg
, hwnd
, msg
, wParam
, lParam
);
4109 /* Check for messages registered at runtime. */
4110 if (msg
== msh_mousewheel
)
4112 wmsg
.dwModifiers
= w32_get_modifiers ();
4113 my_post_msg (&wmsg
, hwnd
, msg
, wParam
, lParam
);
4114 signal_user_input ();
4119 return (w32_unicode_gui
? DefWindowProcW
: DefWindowProcA
) (hwnd
, msg
, wParam
, lParam
);
4122 /* The most common default return code for handled messages is 0. */
4127 my_create_window (struct frame
* f
)
4130 static int coords
[2];
4131 Lisp_Object left
, top
;
4132 struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
= &one_w32_display_info
;
4134 /* When called with RES_TYPE_NUMBER, x_get_arg will return zero for
4135 anything that is not a number and is not Qunbound. */
4136 left
= x_get_arg (dpyinfo
, Qnil
, Qleft
, "left", "Left", RES_TYPE_NUMBER
);
4137 top
= x_get_arg (dpyinfo
, Qnil
, Qtop
, "top", "Top", RES_TYPE_NUMBER
);
4138 if (EQ (left
, Qunbound
))
4139 coords
[0] = CW_USEDEFAULT
;
4141 coords
[0] = XINT (left
);
4142 if (EQ (top
, Qunbound
))
4143 coords
[1] = CW_USEDEFAULT
;
4145 coords
[1] = XINT (top
);
4147 if (!PostThreadMessage (dwWindowsThreadId
, WM_EMACS_CREATEWINDOW
,
4148 (WPARAM
)f
, (LPARAM
)coords
))
4150 GetMessage (&msg
, NULL
, WM_EMACS_DONE
, WM_EMACS_DONE
);
4154 /* Create a tooltip window. Unlike my_create_window, we do not do this
4155 indirectly via the Window thread, as we do not need to process Window
4156 messages for the tooltip. Creating tooltips indirectly also creates
4157 deadlocks when tooltips are created for menu items. */
4159 my_create_tip_window (struct frame
*f
)
4163 rect
.left
= rect
.top
= 0;
4164 rect
.right
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
4165 rect
.bottom
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
4167 AdjustWindowRect (&rect
, f
->output_data
.w32
->dwStyle
,
4168 FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f
));
4170 tip_window
= FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
)
4171 = CreateWindow (EMACS_CLASS
,
4173 f
->output_data
.w32
->dwStyle
,
4176 rect
.right
- rect
.left
,
4177 rect
.bottom
- rect
.top
,
4178 FRAME_W32_WINDOW (SELECTED_FRAME ()), /* owner */
4185 SetWindowLong (tip_window
, WND_FONTWIDTH_INDEX
, FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
));
4186 SetWindowLong (tip_window
, WND_LINEHEIGHT_INDEX
, FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
));
4187 SetWindowLong (tip_window
, WND_BORDER_INDEX
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
4188 SetWindowLong (tip_window
, WND_BACKGROUND_INDEX
, FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
4190 /* Tip frames have no scrollbars. */
4191 SetWindowLong (tip_window
, WND_VSCROLLBAR_INDEX
, 0);
4192 SetWindowLong (tip_window
, WND_HSCROLLBAR_INDEX
, 0);
4194 /* Do this to discard the default setting specified by our parent. */
4195 ShowWindow (tip_window
, SW_HIDE
);
4200 /* Create and set up the w32 window for frame F. */
4203 w32_window (struct frame
*f
, long window_prompting
, bool minibuffer_only
)
4207 /* Use the resource name as the top-level window name
4208 for looking up resources. Make a non-Lisp copy
4209 for the window manager, so GC relocation won't bother it.
4211 Elsewhere we specify the window name for the window manager. */
4212 f
->namebuf
= xlispstrdup (Vx_resource_name
);
4214 my_create_window (f
);
4216 validate_x_resource_name ();
4218 /* x_set_name normally ignores requests to set the name if the
4219 requested name is the same as the current name. This is the one
4220 place where that assumption isn't correct; f->name is set, but
4221 the server hasn't been told. */
4224 int explicit = f
->explicit_name
;
4226 f
->explicit_name
= 0;
4228 fset_name (f
, Qnil
);
4229 x_set_name (f
, name
, explicit);
4234 if (!minibuffer_only
&& FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f
))
4235 initialize_frame_menubar (f
);
4237 if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
4238 error ("Unable to create window");
4241 /* Handle the icon stuff for this window. Perhaps later we might
4242 want an x_set_icon_position which can be called interactively as
4246 x_icon (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object parms
)
4248 Lisp_Object icon_x
, icon_y
;
4249 struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
= &one_w32_display_info
;
4251 /* Set the position of the icon. Note that Windows 95 groups all
4252 icons in the tray. */
4253 icon_x
= x_get_arg (dpyinfo
, parms
, Qicon_left
, 0, 0, RES_TYPE_NUMBER
);
4254 icon_y
= x_get_arg (dpyinfo
, parms
, Qicon_top
, 0, 0, RES_TYPE_NUMBER
);
4255 if (!EQ (icon_x
, Qunbound
) && !EQ (icon_y
, Qunbound
))
4257 CHECK_NUMBER (icon_x
);
4258 CHECK_NUMBER (icon_y
);
4260 else if (!EQ (icon_x
, Qunbound
) || !EQ (icon_y
, Qunbound
))
4261 error ("Both left and top icon corners of icon must be specified");
4266 /* Start up iconic or window? */
4267 x_wm_set_window_state
4268 (f
, (EQ (x_get_arg (dpyinfo
, parms
, Qvisibility
, 0, 0, RES_TYPE_SYMBOL
), Qicon
)
4272 x_text_icon (f
, SSDATA ((!NILP (f
->icon_name
)
4282 x_make_gc (struct frame
*f
)
4284 XGCValues gc_values
;
4288 /* Create the GC's of this frame.
4289 Note that many default values are used. */
4292 gc_values
.font
= FRAME_FONT (f
);
4294 /* Cursor has cursor-color background, background-color foreground. */
4295 gc_values
.foreground
= FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
);
4296 gc_values
.background
= f
->output_data
.w32
->cursor_pixel
;
4297 f
->output_data
.w32
->cursor_gc
4298 = XCreateGC (NULL
, FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
),
4299 (GCFont
| GCForeground
| GCBackground
),
4303 f
->output_data
.w32
->white_relief
.gc
= 0;
4304 f
->output_data
.w32
->black_relief
.gc
= 0;
4310 /* Handler for signals raised during x_create_frame and
4311 x_create_tip_frame. FRAME is the frame which is partially
4315 unwind_create_frame (Lisp_Object frame
)
4317 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
4319 /* If frame is ``official'', nothing to do. */
4320 if (NILP (Fmemq (frame
, Vframe_list
)))
4323 struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
4325 /* If the frame's image cache refcount is still the same as our
4326 private shadow variable, it means we are unwinding a frame
4327 for which we didn't yet call init_frame_faces, where the
4328 refcount is incremented. Therefore, we increment it here, so
4329 that free_frame_faces, called in x_free_frame_resources
4330 below, will not mistakenly decrement the counter that was not
4331 incremented yet to account for this new frame. */
4332 if (FRAME_IMAGE_CACHE (f
) != NULL
4333 && FRAME_IMAGE_CACHE (f
)->refcount
== image_cache_refcount
)
4334 FRAME_IMAGE_CACHE (f
)->refcount
++;
4337 x_free_frame_resources (f
);
4341 /* Check that reference counts are indeed correct. */
4342 eassert (dpyinfo
->reference_count
== dpyinfo_refcount
);
4343 eassert ((dpyinfo
->terminal
->image_cache
== NULL
4344 && image_cache_refcount
== 0)
4345 || (dpyinfo
->terminal
->image_cache
!= NULL
4346 && dpyinfo
->terminal
->image_cache
->refcount
== image_cache_refcount
));
4355 do_unwind_create_frame (Lisp_Object frame
)
4357 unwind_create_frame (frame
);
4361 unwind_create_frame_1 (Lisp_Object val
)
4363 inhibit_lisp_code
= val
;
4367 x_default_font_parameter (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object parms
)
4369 struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
4370 Lisp_Object font_param
= x_get_arg (dpyinfo
, parms
, Qfont
, NULL
, NULL
,
4373 if (EQ (font_param
, Qunbound
))
4375 font
= !NILP (font_param
) ? font_param
4376 : x_get_arg (dpyinfo
, parms
, Qfont
, "font", "Font", RES_TYPE_STRING
);
4378 if (!STRINGP (font
))
4381 static char *names
[]
4382 = { "Courier New-10",
4383 "-*-Courier-normal-r-*-*-13-*-*-*-c-*-iso8859-1",
4384 "-*-Fixedsys-normal-r-*-*-12-*-*-*-c-*-iso8859-1",
4388 for (i
= 0; names
[i
]; i
++)
4390 font
= font_open_by_name (f
, build_unibyte_string (names
[i
]));
4395 error ("No suitable font was found");
4397 else if (!NILP (font_param
))
4399 /* Remember the explicit font parameter, so we can re-apply it after
4400 we've applied the `default' face settings. */
4401 x_set_frame_parameters (f
, Fcons (Fcons (Qfont_param
, font_param
), Qnil
));
4403 x_default_parameter (f
, parms
, Qfont
, font
, "font", "Font", RES_TYPE_STRING
);
4406 DEFUN ("x-create-frame", Fx_create_frame
, Sx_create_frame
,
4408 doc
: /* Make a new window, which is called a \"frame\" in Emacs terms.
4409 Return an Emacs frame object.
4410 PARAMETERS is an alist of frame parameters.
4411 If the parameters specify that the frame should not have a minibuffer,
4412 and do not specify a specific minibuffer window to use,
4413 then `default-minibuffer-frame' must be a frame whose minibuffer can
4414 be shared by the new frame.
4416 This function is an internal primitive--use `make-frame' instead. */)
4417 (Lisp_Object parameters
)
4420 Lisp_Object frame
, tem
;
4422 bool minibuffer_only
= false;
4423 long window_prompting
= 0;
4424 ptrdiff_t count
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
4425 struct gcpro gcpro1
, gcpro2
, gcpro3
, gcpro4
;
4426 Lisp_Object display
;
4427 struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
= NULL
;
4431 if (!FRAME_W32_P (SELECTED_FRAME ())
4432 && !FRAME_INITIAL_P (SELECTED_FRAME ()))
4433 error ("Cannot create a GUI frame in a -nw session");
4435 /* Make copy of frame parameters because the original is in pure
4437 parameters
= Fcopy_alist (parameters
);
4439 /* Use this general default value to start with
4440 until we know if this frame has a specified name. */
4441 Vx_resource_name
= Vinvocation_name
;
4443 display
= x_get_arg (dpyinfo
, parameters
, Qterminal
, 0, 0, RES_TYPE_NUMBER
);
4444 if (EQ (display
, Qunbound
))
4445 display
= x_get_arg (dpyinfo
, parameters
, Qdisplay
, 0, 0, RES_TYPE_STRING
);
4446 if (EQ (display
, Qunbound
))
4448 dpyinfo
= check_x_display_info (display
);
4449 kb
= dpyinfo
->terminal
->kboard
;
4451 if (!dpyinfo
->terminal
->name
)
4452 error ("Terminal is not live, can't create new frames on it");
4454 name
= x_get_arg (dpyinfo
, parameters
, Qname
, "name", "Name", RES_TYPE_STRING
);
4456 && ! EQ (name
, Qunbound
)
4458 error ("Invalid frame name--not a string or nil");
4461 Vx_resource_name
= name
;
4463 /* See if parent window is specified. */
4464 parent
= x_get_arg (dpyinfo
, parameters
, Qparent_id
, NULL
, NULL
, RES_TYPE_NUMBER
);
4465 if (EQ (parent
, Qunbound
))
4467 if (! NILP (parent
))
4468 CHECK_NUMBER (parent
);
4470 /* make_frame_without_minibuffer can run Lisp code and garbage collect. */
4471 /* No need to protect DISPLAY because that's not used after passing
4472 it to make_frame_without_minibuffer. */
4474 GCPRO4 (parameters
, parent
, name
, frame
);
4475 tem
= x_get_arg (dpyinfo
, parameters
, Qminibuffer
, "minibuffer", "Minibuffer",
4477 if (EQ (tem
, Qnone
) || NILP (tem
))
4478 f
= make_frame_without_minibuffer (Qnil
, kb
, display
);
4479 else if (EQ (tem
, Qonly
))
4481 f
= make_minibuffer_frame ();
4482 minibuffer_only
= true;
4484 else if (WINDOWP (tem
))
4485 f
= make_frame_without_minibuffer (tem
, kb
, display
);
4487 f
= make_frame (true);
4489 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
4491 /* By default, make scrollbars the system standard width and height. */
4492 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) = GetSystemMetrics (SM_CXVSCROLL
);
4493 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_HEIGHT (f
) = GetSystemMetrics (SM_CXHSCROLL
);
4495 f
->terminal
= dpyinfo
->terminal
;
4497 f
->output_method
= output_w32
;
4498 f
->output_data
.w32
= xzalloc (sizeof (struct w32_output
));
4499 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = -1;
4502 (f
, x_get_arg (dpyinfo
, parameters
, Qicon_name
, "iconName", "Title",
4504 if (! STRINGP (f
->icon_name
))
4505 fset_icon_name (f
, Qnil
);
4507 /* FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f) = dpyinfo; */
4509 /* With FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO set up, this unwind-protect is safe. */
4510 record_unwind_protect (do_unwind_create_frame
, frame
);
4513 image_cache_refcount
=
4514 FRAME_IMAGE_CACHE (f
) ? FRAME_IMAGE_CACHE (f
)->refcount
: 0;
4515 dpyinfo_refcount
= dpyinfo
->reference_count
;
4516 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
4518 /* Specify the parent under which to make this window. */
4521 /* Cast to UINT_PTR shuts up compiler warnings about cast to
4522 pointer from integer of different size. */
4523 f
->output_data
.w32
->parent_desc
= (Window
) (UINT_PTR
) XFASTINT (parent
);
4524 f
->output_data
.w32
->explicit_parent
= true;
4528 f
->output_data
.w32
->parent_desc
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
;
4529 f
->output_data
.w32
->explicit_parent
= false;
4532 /* Set the name; the functions to which we pass f expect the name to
4534 if (EQ (name
, Qunbound
) || NILP (name
))
4536 fset_name (f
, build_string (dpyinfo
->w32_id_name
));
4537 f
->explicit_name
= false;
4541 fset_name (f
, name
);
4542 f
->explicit_name
= true;
4543 /* Use the frame's title when getting resources for this frame. */
4544 specbind (Qx_resource_name
, name
);
4547 if (uniscribe_available
)
4548 register_font_driver (&uniscribe_font_driver
, f
);
4549 register_font_driver (&w32font_driver
, f
);
4551 x_default_parameter (f
, parameters
, Qfont_backend
, Qnil
,
4552 "fontBackend", "FontBackend", RES_TYPE_STRING
);
4554 /* Extract the window parameters from the supplied values
4555 that are needed to determine window geometry. */
4556 x_default_font_parameter (f
, parameters
);
4558 x_default_parameter (f
, parameters
, Qborder_width
, make_number (2),
4559 "borderWidth", "BorderWidth", RES_TYPE_NUMBER
);
4561 /* We recognize either internalBorderWidth or internalBorder
4562 (which is what xterm calls it). */
4563 if (NILP (Fassq (Qinternal_border_width
, parameters
)))
4567 value
= x_get_arg (dpyinfo
, parameters
, Qinternal_border_width
,
4568 "internalBorder", "InternalBorder", RES_TYPE_NUMBER
);
4569 if (! EQ (value
, Qunbound
))
4570 parameters
= Fcons (Fcons (Qinternal_border_width
, value
),
4573 /* Default internalBorderWidth to 0 on Windows to match other programs. */
4574 x_default_parameter (f
, parameters
, Qinternal_border_width
, make_number (0),
4575 "internalBorderWidth", "InternalBorder", RES_TYPE_NUMBER
);
4576 x_default_parameter (f
, parameters
, Qright_divider_width
, make_number (0),
4577 NULL
, NULL
, RES_TYPE_NUMBER
);
4578 x_default_parameter (f
, parameters
, Qbottom_divider_width
, make_number (0),
4579 NULL
, NULL
, RES_TYPE_NUMBER
);
4580 x_default_parameter (f
, parameters
, Qvertical_scroll_bars
, Qright
,
4581 "verticalScrollBars", "ScrollBars", RES_TYPE_SYMBOL
);
4582 x_default_parameter (f
, parameters
, Qhorizontal_scroll_bars
, Qnil
,
4583 "horizontalScrollBars", "ScrollBars", RES_TYPE_SYMBOL
);
4585 /* Also do the stuff which must be set before the window exists. */
4586 x_default_parameter (f
, parameters
, Qforeground_color
, build_string ("black"),
4587 "foreground", "Foreground", RES_TYPE_STRING
);
4588 x_default_parameter (f
, parameters
, Qbackground_color
, build_string ("white"),
4589 "background", "Background", RES_TYPE_STRING
);
4590 x_default_parameter (f
, parameters
, Qmouse_color
, build_string ("black"),
4591 "pointerColor", "Foreground", RES_TYPE_STRING
);
4592 x_default_parameter (f
, parameters
, Qborder_color
, build_string ("black"),
4593 "borderColor", "BorderColor", RES_TYPE_STRING
);
4594 x_default_parameter (f
, parameters
, Qscreen_gamma
, Qnil
,
4595 "screenGamma", "ScreenGamma", RES_TYPE_FLOAT
);
4596 x_default_parameter (f
, parameters
, Qline_spacing
, Qnil
,
4597 "lineSpacing", "LineSpacing", RES_TYPE_NUMBER
);
4598 x_default_parameter (f
, parameters
, Qleft_fringe
, Qnil
,
4599 "leftFringe", "LeftFringe", RES_TYPE_NUMBER
);
4600 x_default_parameter (f
, parameters
, Qright_fringe
, Qnil
,
4601 "rightFringe", "RightFringe", RES_TYPE_NUMBER
);
4602 /* Process alpha here (Bug#16619). */
4603 x_default_parameter (f
, parameters
, Qalpha
, Qnil
,
4604 "alpha", "Alpha", RES_TYPE_NUMBER
);
4606 /* Init faces first since we need the frame's column width/line
4607 height in various occasions. */
4608 init_frame_faces (f
);
4610 /* The following call of change_frame_size is needed since otherwise
4611 x_set_tool_bar_lines will already work with the character sizes
4612 installed by init_frame_faces while the frame's pixel size is
4613 still calculated from a character size of 1 and we subsequently
4614 hit the (height >= 0) assertion in window_box_height.
4616 The non-pixelwise code apparently worked around this because it
4617 had one frame line vs one toolbar line which left us with a zero
4618 root window height which was obviously wrong as well ... */
4619 adjust_frame_size (f
, FRAME_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
),
4620 FRAME_LINES (f
) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
), 5, true,
4623 /* The X resources controlling the menu-bar and tool-bar are
4624 processed specially at startup, and reflected in the mode
4625 variables; ignore them here. */
4626 x_default_parameter (f
, parameters
, Qmenu_bar_lines
,
4627 NILP (Vmenu_bar_mode
)
4628 ? make_number (0) : make_number (1),
4629 NULL
, NULL
, RES_TYPE_NUMBER
);
4630 x_default_parameter (f
, parameters
, Qtool_bar_lines
,
4631 NILP (Vtool_bar_mode
)
4632 ? make_number (0) : make_number (1),
4633 NULL
, NULL
, RES_TYPE_NUMBER
);
4635 x_default_parameter (f
, parameters
, Qbuffer_predicate
, Qnil
,
4636 "bufferPredicate", "BufferPredicate", RES_TYPE_SYMBOL
);
4637 x_default_parameter (f
, parameters
, Qtitle
, Qnil
,
4638 "title", "Title", RES_TYPE_STRING
);
4639 x_default_parameter (f
, parameters
, Qfullscreen
, Qnil
,
4640 "fullscreen", "Fullscreen", RES_TYPE_SYMBOL
);
4642 f
->output_data
.w32
->dwStyle
= WS_OVERLAPPEDWINDOW
;
4643 f
->output_data
.w32
->parent_desc
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
;
4645 f
->output_data
.w32
->text_cursor
= w32_load_cursor (IDC_IBEAM
);
4646 f
->output_data
.w32
->nontext_cursor
= w32_load_cursor (IDC_ARROW
);
4647 f
->output_data
.w32
->modeline_cursor
= w32_load_cursor (IDC_ARROW
);
4648 f
->output_data
.w32
->hand_cursor
= w32_load_cursor (IDC_HAND
);
4649 f
->output_data
.w32
->hourglass_cursor
= w32_load_cursor (IDC_WAIT
);
4650 f
->output_data
.w32
->horizontal_drag_cursor
= w32_load_cursor (IDC_SIZEWE
);
4651 f
->output_data
.w32
->vertical_drag_cursor
= w32_load_cursor (IDC_SIZENS
);
4653 f
->output_data
.w32
->current_cursor
= f
->output_data
.w32
->nontext_cursor
;
4655 window_prompting
= x_figure_window_size (f
, parameters
, true);
4657 tem
= x_get_arg (dpyinfo
, parameters
, Qunsplittable
, 0, 0, RES_TYPE_BOOLEAN
);
4658 f
->no_split
= minibuffer_only
|| EQ (tem
, Qt
);
4660 w32_window (f
, window_prompting
, minibuffer_only
);
4661 x_icon (f
, parameters
);
4665 /* Now consider the frame official. */
4666 f
->terminal
->reference_count
++;
4667 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->reference_count
++;
4668 Vframe_list
= Fcons (frame
, Vframe_list
);
4670 /* We need to do this after creating the window, so that the
4671 icon-creation functions can say whose icon they're describing. */
4672 x_default_parameter (f
, parameters
, Qicon_type
, Qnil
,
4673 "bitmapIcon", "BitmapIcon", RES_TYPE_SYMBOL
);
4675 x_default_parameter (f
, parameters
, Qauto_raise
, Qnil
,
4676 "autoRaise", "AutoRaiseLower", RES_TYPE_BOOLEAN
);
4677 x_default_parameter (f
, parameters
, Qauto_lower
, Qnil
,
4678 "autoLower", "AutoRaiseLower", RES_TYPE_BOOLEAN
);
4679 x_default_parameter (f
, parameters
, Qcursor_type
, Qbox
,
4680 "cursorType", "CursorType", RES_TYPE_SYMBOL
);
4681 x_default_parameter (f
, parameters
, Qscroll_bar_width
, Qnil
,
4682 "scrollBarWidth", "ScrollBarWidth", RES_TYPE_NUMBER
);
4683 x_default_parameter (f
, parameters
, Qscroll_bar_height
, Qnil
,
4684 "scrollBarHeight", "ScrollBarHeight", RES_TYPE_NUMBER
);
4686 /* Allow x_set_window_size, now. */
4687 f
->can_x_set_window_size
= true;
4689 adjust_frame_size (f
, FRAME_TEXT_WIDTH (f
), FRAME_TEXT_HEIGHT (f
), 0, true,
4692 /* Tell the server what size and position, etc, we want, and how
4693 badly we want them. This should be done after we have the menu
4694 bar so that its size can be taken into account. */
4696 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, window_prompting
, false);
4699 /* Make the window appear on the frame and enable display, unless
4700 the caller says not to. However, with explicit parent, Emacs
4701 cannot control visibility, so don't try. */
4702 if (! f
->output_data
.w32
->explicit_parent
)
4704 Lisp_Object visibility
;
4706 visibility
= x_get_arg (dpyinfo
, parameters
, Qvisibility
, 0, 0, RES_TYPE_SYMBOL
);
4707 if (EQ (visibility
, Qunbound
))
4710 if (EQ (visibility
, Qicon
))
4711 x_iconify_frame (f
);
4712 else if (! NILP (visibility
))
4713 x_make_frame_visible (f
);
4715 /* Must have been Qnil. */
4719 /* Initialize `default-minibuffer-frame' in case this is the first
4720 frame on this terminal. */
4721 if (FRAME_HAS_MINIBUF_P (f
)
4722 && (!FRAMEP (KVAR (kb
, Vdefault_minibuffer_frame
))
4723 || !FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (KVAR (kb
, Vdefault_minibuffer_frame
)))))
4724 kset_default_minibuffer_frame (kb
, frame
);
4726 /* All remaining specified parameters, which have not been "used"
4727 by x_get_arg and friends, now go in the misc. alist of the frame. */
4728 for (tem
= parameters
; CONSP (tem
); tem
= XCDR (tem
))
4729 if (CONSP (XCAR (tem
)) && !NILP (XCAR (XCAR (tem
))))
4730 fset_param_alist (f
, Fcons (XCAR (tem
), f
->param_alist
));
4734 /* Make sure windows on this frame appear in calls to next-window
4735 and similar functions. */
4736 Vwindow_list
= Qnil
;
4738 return unbind_to (count
, frame
);
4741 /* FRAME is used only to get a handle on the X display. We don't pass the
4742 display info directly because we're called from frame.c, which doesn't
4743 know about that structure. */
4745 x_get_focus_frame (struct frame
*frame
)
4747 struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (frame
);
4749 if (! dpyinfo
->w32_focus_frame
)
4752 XSETFRAME (xfocus
, dpyinfo
->w32_focus_frame
);
4756 DEFUN ("xw-color-defined-p", Fxw_color_defined_p
, Sxw_color_defined_p
, 1, 2, 0,
4757 doc
: /* Internal function called by `color-defined-p', which see.
4758 \(Note that the Nextstep version of this function ignores FRAME.) */)
4759 (Lisp_Object color
, Lisp_Object frame
)
4762 struct frame
*f
= decode_window_system_frame (frame
);
4764 CHECK_STRING (color
);
4766 if (w32_defined_color (f
, SDATA (color
), &foo
, false))
4772 DEFUN ("xw-color-values", Fxw_color_values
, Sxw_color_values
, 1, 2, 0,
4773 doc
: /* Internal function called by `color-values', which see. */)
4774 (Lisp_Object color
, Lisp_Object frame
)
4777 struct frame
*f
= decode_window_system_frame (frame
);
4779 CHECK_STRING (color
);
4781 if (w32_defined_color (f
, SDATA (color
), &foo
, false))
4782 return list3i ((GetRValue (foo
.pixel
) << 8) | GetRValue (foo
.pixel
),
4783 (GetGValue (foo
.pixel
) << 8) | GetGValue (foo
.pixel
),
4784 (GetBValue (foo
.pixel
) << 8) | GetBValue (foo
.pixel
));
4789 DEFUN ("xw-display-color-p", Fxw_display_color_p
, Sxw_display_color_p
, 0, 1, 0,
4790 doc
: /* Internal function called by `display-color-p', which see. */)
4791 (Lisp_Object display
)
4793 struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
= check_x_display_info (display
);
4795 if ((dpyinfo
->n_planes
* dpyinfo
->n_cbits
) <= 2)
4801 DEFUN ("x-display-grayscale-p", Fx_display_grayscale_p
,
4802 Sx_display_grayscale_p
, 0, 1, 0,
4803 doc
: /* Return t if DISPLAY supports shades of gray.
4804 Note that color displays do support shades of gray.
4805 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
4806 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
4807 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. */)
4808 (Lisp_Object display
)
4810 struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
= check_x_display_info (display
);
4812 if ((dpyinfo
->n_planes
* dpyinfo
->n_cbits
) <= 1)
4818 DEFUN ("x-display-pixel-width", Fx_display_pixel_width
,
4819 Sx_display_pixel_width
, 0, 1, 0,
4820 doc
: /* Return the width in pixels of DISPLAY.
4821 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
4822 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
4823 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display.
4825 On \"multi-monitor\" setups this refers to the pixel width for all
4826 physical monitors associated with DISPLAY. To get information for
4827 each physical monitor, use `display-monitor-attributes-list'. */)
4828 (Lisp_Object display
)
4830 struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
= check_x_display_info (display
);
4832 return make_number (x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
));
4835 DEFUN ("x-display-pixel-height", Fx_display_pixel_height
,
4836 Sx_display_pixel_height
, 0, 1, 0,
4837 doc
: /* Return the height in pixels of DISPLAY.
4838 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
4839 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
4840 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display.
4842 On \"multi-monitor\" setups this refers to the pixel height for all
4843 physical monitors associated with DISPLAY. To get information for
4844 each physical monitor, use `display-monitor-attributes-list'. */)
4845 (Lisp_Object display
)
4847 struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
= check_x_display_info (display
);
4849 return make_number (x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
));
4852 DEFUN ("x-display-planes", Fx_display_planes
, Sx_display_planes
,
4854 doc
: /* Return the number of bitplanes of DISPLAY.
4855 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
4856 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
4857 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. */)
4858 (Lisp_Object display
)
4860 struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
= check_x_display_info (display
);
4862 return make_number (dpyinfo
->n_planes
* dpyinfo
->n_cbits
);
4865 DEFUN ("x-display-color-cells", Fx_display_color_cells
, Sx_display_color_cells
,
4867 doc
: /* Return the number of color cells of DISPLAY.
4868 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
4869 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
4870 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. */)
4871 (Lisp_Object display
)
4873 struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
= check_x_display_info (display
);
4876 /* Don't use NCOLORS: it returns incorrect results under remote
4877 * desktop. We force 24+ bit depths to 24-bit, both to prevent an
4878 * overflow and because probably is more meaningful on Windows
4881 cap
= 1 << min (dpyinfo
->n_planes
* dpyinfo
->n_cbits
, 24);
4882 return make_number (cap
);
4885 DEFUN ("x-server-max-request-size", Fx_server_max_request_size
,
4886 Sx_server_max_request_size
,
4888 doc
: /* Return the maximum request size of the server of DISPLAY.
4889 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
4890 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
4891 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. */)
4892 (Lisp_Object display
)
4894 return make_number (1);
4897 DEFUN ("x-server-vendor", Fx_server_vendor
, Sx_server_vendor
, 0, 1, 0,
4898 doc
: /* Return the "vendor ID" string of the GUI software on TERMINAL.
4900 \(Labeling every distributor as a "vendor" embodies the false assumption
4901 that operating systems cannot be developed and distributed noncommercially.)
4903 For GNU and Unix systems, this queries the X server software; for
4904 MS-Windows, this queries the OS.
4906 The optional argument TERMINAL specifies which display to ask about.
4907 TERMINAL should be a terminal object, a frame or a display name (a string).
4908 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. */)
4909 (Lisp_Object terminal
)
4911 return build_string ("Microsoft Corp.");
4914 DEFUN ("x-server-version", Fx_server_version
, Sx_server_version
, 0, 1, 0,
4915 doc
: /* Return the version numbers of the GUI software on TERMINAL.
4916 The value is a list of three integers specifying the version of the GUI
4919 For GNU and Unix system, the first 2 numbers are the version of the X
4920 Protocol used on TERMINAL and the 3rd number is the distributor-specific
4921 release number. For MS-Windows, the 3 numbers report the version and
4922 the build number of the OS.
4924 See also the function `x-server-vendor'.
4926 The optional argument TERMINAL specifies which display to ask about.
4927 TERMINAL should be a terminal object, a frame or a display name (a string).
4928 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. */)
4929 (Lisp_Object terminal
)
4931 return list3i (w32_major_version
, w32_minor_version
, w32_build_number
);
4934 DEFUN ("x-display-screens", Fx_display_screens
, Sx_display_screens
, 0, 1, 0,
4935 doc
: /* Return the number of screens on the server of DISPLAY.
4936 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
4937 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
4938 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. */)
4939 (Lisp_Object display
)
4941 return make_number (1);
4944 DEFUN ("x-display-mm-height", Fx_display_mm_height
,
4945 Sx_display_mm_height
, 0, 1, 0,
4946 doc
: /* Return the height in millimeters of DISPLAY.
4947 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
4948 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
4949 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display.
4951 On \"multi-monitor\" setups this refers to the height in millimeters for
4952 all physical monitors associated with DISPLAY. To get information
4953 for each physical monitor, use `display-monitor-attributes-list'. */)
4954 (Lisp_Object display
)
4956 struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
= check_x_display_info (display
);
4958 double mm_per_pixel
;
4961 mm_per_pixel
= ((double) GetDeviceCaps (hdc
, VERTSIZE
)
4962 / GetDeviceCaps (hdc
, VERTRES
));
4963 ReleaseDC (NULL
, hdc
);
4965 return make_number (x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
) * mm_per_pixel
+ 0.5);
4968 DEFUN ("x-display-mm-width", Fx_display_mm_width
, Sx_display_mm_width
, 0, 1, 0,
4969 doc
: /* Return the width in millimeters of DISPLAY.
4970 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
4971 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
4972 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display.
4974 On \"multi-monitor\" setups this refers to the width in millimeters for
4975 all physical monitors associated with TERMINAL. To get information
4976 for each physical monitor, use `display-monitor-attributes-list'. */)
4977 (Lisp_Object display
)
4979 struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
= check_x_display_info (display
);
4981 double mm_per_pixel
;
4984 mm_per_pixel
= ((double) GetDeviceCaps (hdc
, HORZSIZE
)
4985 / GetDeviceCaps (hdc
, HORZRES
));
4986 ReleaseDC (NULL
, hdc
);
4988 return make_number (x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
) * mm_per_pixel
+ 0.5);
4991 DEFUN ("x-display-backing-store", Fx_display_backing_store
,
4992 Sx_display_backing_store
, 0, 1, 0,
4993 doc
: /* Return an indication of whether DISPLAY does backing store.
4994 The value may be `always', `when-mapped', or `not-useful'.
4995 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
4996 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
4997 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. */)
4998 (Lisp_Object display
)
5000 return intern ("not-useful");
5003 DEFUN ("x-display-visual-class", Fx_display_visual_class
,
5004 Sx_display_visual_class
, 0, 1, 0,
5005 doc
: /* Return the visual class of DISPLAY.
5006 The value is one of the symbols `static-gray', `gray-scale',
5007 `static-color', `pseudo-color', `true-color', or `direct-color'.
5009 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
5010 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
5011 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. */)
5012 (Lisp_Object display
)
5014 struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
= check_x_display_info (display
);
5015 Lisp_Object result
= Qnil
;
5017 if (dpyinfo
->has_palette
)
5018 result
= intern ("pseudo-color");
5019 else if (dpyinfo
->n_planes
* dpyinfo
->n_cbits
== 1)
5020 result
= intern ("static-grey");
5021 else if (dpyinfo
->n_planes
* dpyinfo
->n_cbits
== 4)
5022 result
= intern ("static-color");
5023 else if (dpyinfo
->n_planes
* dpyinfo
->n_cbits
> 8)
5024 result
= intern ("true-color");
5029 DEFUN ("x-display-save-under", Fx_display_save_under
,
5030 Sx_display_save_under
, 0, 1, 0,
5031 doc
: /* Return t if DISPLAY supports the save-under feature.
5032 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
5033 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
5034 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. */)
5035 (Lisp_Object display
)
5040 static BOOL CALLBACK ALIGN_STACK
5041 w32_monitor_enum (HMONITOR monitor
, HDC hdc
, RECT
*rcMonitor
, LPARAM dwData
)
5043 Lisp_Object
*monitor_list
= (Lisp_Object
*) dwData
;
5045 *monitor_list
= Fcons (make_save_ptr (monitor
), *monitor_list
);
5051 w32_display_monitor_attributes_list (void)
5053 Lisp_Object attributes_list
= Qnil
, primary_monitor_attributes
= Qnil
;
5054 Lisp_Object monitor_list
= Qnil
, monitor_frames
, rest
, frame
;
5057 struct gcpro gcpro1
, gcpro2
, gcpro3
;
5059 if (!(enum_display_monitors_fn
&& get_monitor_info_fn
5060 && monitor_from_window_fn
))
5063 if (!enum_display_monitors_fn (NULL
, NULL
, w32_monitor_enum
,
5064 (LPARAM
) &monitor_list
)
5065 || NILP (monitor_list
))
5069 for (rest
= monitor_list
; CONSP (rest
); rest
= XCDR (rest
))
5072 monitors
= xmalloc (n_monitors
* sizeof (*monitors
));
5073 for (i
= 0; i
< n_monitors
; i
++)
5075 monitors
[i
] = XSAVE_POINTER (XCAR (monitor_list
), 0);
5076 monitor_list
= XCDR (monitor_list
);
5079 monitor_frames
= Fmake_vector (make_number (n_monitors
), Qnil
);
5080 FOR_EACH_FRAME (rest
, frame
)
5082 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
5084 if (FRAME_W32_P (f
) && !EQ (frame
, tip_frame
))
5087 monitor_from_window_fn (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
),
5088 MONITOR_DEFAULT_TO_NEAREST
);
5090 for (i
= 0; i
< n_monitors
; i
++)
5091 if (monitors
[i
] == monitor
)
5095 ASET (monitor_frames
, i
, Fcons (frame
, AREF (monitor_frames
, i
)));
5099 GCPRO3 (attributes_list
, primary_monitor_attributes
, monitor_frames
);
5101 for (i
= 0; i
< n_monitors
; i
++)
5103 Lisp_Object geometry
, workarea
, name
, attributes
= Qnil
;
5105 int width_mm
, height_mm
;
5106 struct MONITOR_INFO_EX mi
;
5108 mi
.cbSize
= sizeof (mi
);
5109 if (!get_monitor_info_fn (monitors
[i
], (struct MONITOR_INFO
*) &mi
))
5112 hdc
= CreateDCA ("DISPLAY", mi
.szDevice
, NULL
, NULL
);
5115 width_mm
= GetDeviceCaps (hdc
, HORZSIZE
);
5116 height_mm
= GetDeviceCaps (hdc
, VERTSIZE
);
5119 attributes
= Fcons (Fcons (Qframes
, AREF (monitor_frames
, i
)),
5122 name
= DECODE_SYSTEM (build_unibyte_string (mi
.szDevice
));
5124 attributes
= Fcons (Fcons (Qname
, name
), attributes
);
5126 attributes
= Fcons (Fcons (Qmm_size
, list2i (width_mm
, height_mm
)),
5129 workarea
= list4i (mi
.rcWork
.left
, mi
.rcWork
.top
,
5130 mi
.rcWork
.right
- mi
.rcWork
.left
,
5131 mi
.rcWork
.bottom
- mi
.rcWork
.top
);
5132 attributes
= Fcons (Fcons (Qworkarea
, workarea
), attributes
);
5134 geometry
= list4i (mi
.rcMonitor
.left
, mi
.rcMonitor
.top
,
5135 mi
.rcMonitor
.right
- mi
.rcMonitor
.left
,
5136 mi
.rcMonitor
.bottom
- mi
.rcMonitor
.top
);
5137 attributes
= Fcons (Fcons (Qgeometry
, geometry
), attributes
);
5139 if (mi
.dwFlags
& MONITORINFOF_PRIMARY
)
5140 primary_monitor_attributes
= attributes
;
5142 attributes_list
= Fcons (attributes
, attributes_list
);
5145 if (!NILP (primary_monitor_attributes
))
5146 attributes_list
= Fcons (primary_monitor_attributes
, attributes_list
);
5152 return attributes_list
;
5156 w32_display_monitor_attributes_list_fallback (struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
5158 Lisp_Object geometry
, workarea
, frames
, rest
, frame
, attributes
= Qnil
;
5160 double mm_per_pixel
;
5161 int pixel_width
, pixel_height
, width_mm
, height_mm
;
5164 /* Fallback: treat (possibly) multiple physical monitors as if they
5165 formed a single monitor as a whole. This should provide a
5166 consistent result at least on single monitor environments. */
5167 attributes
= Fcons (Fcons (Qname
, build_string ("combined screen")),
5171 FOR_EACH_FRAME (rest
, frame
)
5173 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
5175 if (FRAME_W32_P (f
) && !EQ (frame
, tip_frame
))
5176 frames
= Fcons (frame
, frames
);
5178 attributes
= Fcons (Fcons (Qframes
, frames
), attributes
);
5180 pixel_width
= x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
);
5181 pixel_height
= x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
);
5184 mm_per_pixel
= ((double) GetDeviceCaps (hdc
, HORZSIZE
)
5185 / GetDeviceCaps (hdc
, HORZRES
));
5186 width_mm
= pixel_width
* mm_per_pixel
+ 0.5;
5187 mm_per_pixel
= ((double) GetDeviceCaps (hdc
, VERTSIZE
)
5188 / GetDeviceCaps (hdc
, VERTRES
));
5189 height_mm
= pixel_height
* mm_per_pixel
+ 0.5;
5190 ReleaseDC (NULL
, hdc
);
5191 attributes
= Fcons (Fcons (Qmm_size
, list2i (width_mm
, height_mm
)),
5194 /* GetSystemMetrics below may return 0 for Windows 95 or NT 4.0, but
5196 geometry
= list4i (GetSystemMetrics (SM_XVIRTUALSCREEN
),
5197 GetSystemMetrics (SM_YVIRTUALSCREEN
),
5198 pixel_width
, pixel_height
);
5199 if (SystemParametersInfo (SPI_GETWORKAREA
, 0, &workarea_rect
, 0))
5200 workarea
= list4i (workarea_rect
.left
, workarea_rect
.top
,
5201 workarea_rect
.right
- workarea_rect
.left
,
5202 workarea_rect
.bottom
- workarea_rect
.top
);
5204 workarea
= geometry
;
5205 attributes
= Fcons (Fcons (Qworkarea
, workarea
), attributes
);
5207 attributes
= Fcons (Fcons (Qgeometry
, geometry
), attributes
);
5209 return list1 (attributes
);
5212 DEFUN ("w32-display-monitor-attributes-list", Fw32_display_monitor_attributes_list
,
5213 Sw32_display_monitor_attributes_list
,
5215 doc
: /* Return a list of physical monitor attributes on the W32 display DISPLAY.
5217 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
5218 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
5219 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display.
5221 Internal use only, use `display-monitor-attributes-list' instead. */)
5222 (Lisp_Object display
)
5224 struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
= check_x_display_info (display
);
5225 Lisp_Object attributes_list
;
5228 attributes_list
= w32_display_monitor_attributes_list ();
5229 if (NILP (attributes_list
))
5230 attributes_list
= w32_display_monitor_attributes_list_fallback (dpyinfo
);
5233 return attributes_list
;
5236 DEFUN ("set-message-beep", Fset_message_beep
, Sset_message_beep
, 1, 1, 0,
5237 doc
: /* Set the sound generated when the bell is rung.
5238 SOUND is 'asterisk, 'exclamation, 'hand, 'question, 'ok, or 'silent
5239 to use the corresponding system sound for the bell. The 'silent sound
5240 prevents Emacs from making any sound at all.
5241 SOUND is nil to use the normal beep. */)
5244 CHECK_SYMBOL (sound
);
5247 sound_type
= 0xFFFFFFFF;
5248 else if (EQ (sound
, intern ("asterisk")))
5249 sound_type
= MB_ICONASTERISK
;
5250 else if (EQ (sound
, intern ("exclamation")))
5251 sound_type
= MB_ICONEXCLAMATION
;
5252 else if (EQ (sound
, intern ("hand")))
5253 sound_type
= MB_ICONHAND
;
5254 else if (EQ (sound
, intern ("question")))
5255 sound_type
= MB_ICONQUESTION
;
5256 else if (EQ (sound
, intern ("ok")))
5258 else if (EQ (sound
, intern ("silent")))
5259 sound_type
= MB_EMACS_SILENT
;
5261 sound_type
= 0xFFFFFFFF;
5267 x_screen_planes (register struct frame
*f
)
5269 return FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->n_planes
;
5272 /* Return the display structure for the display named NAME.
5273 Open a new connection if necessary. */
5275 struct w32_display_info
*
5276 x_display_info_for_name (Lisp_Object name
)
5278 struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5280 CHECK_STRING (name
);
5282 for (dpyinfo
= &one_w32_display_info
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
5283 if (!NILP (Fstring_equal (XCAR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
), name
)))
5286 /* Use this general default value to start with. */
5287 Vx_resource_name
= Vinvocation_name
;
5289 validate_x_resource_name ();
5291 dpyinfo
= w32_term_init (name
, (unsigned char *)0,
5292 SSDATA (Vx_resource_name
));
5295 error ("Cannot connect to server %s", SDATA (name
));
5297 XSETFASTINT (Vwindow_system_version
, w32_major_version
);
5302 DEFUN ("x-open-connection", Fx_open_connection
, Sx_open_connection
,
5303 1, 3, 0, doc
: /* Open a connection to a display server.
5304 DISPLAY is the name of the display to connect to.
5305 Optional second arg XRM-STRING is a string of resources in xrdb format.
5306 If the optional third arg MUST-SUCCEED is non-nil,
5307 terminate Emacs if we can't open the connection.
5308 \(In the Nextstep version, the last two arguments are currently ignored.) */)
5309 (Lisp_Object display
, Lisp_Object xrm_string
, Lisp_Object must_succeed
)
5311 unsigned char *xrm_option
;
5312 struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5314 CHECK_STRING (display
);
5316 /* Signal an error in order to encourage correct use from callers.
5317 * If we ever support multiple window systems in the same Emacs,
5318 * we'll need callers to be precise about what window system they
5321 if (strcmp (SSDATA (display
), "w32") != 0)
5322 error ("The name of the display in this Emacs must be \"w32\"");
5324 /* If initialization has already been done, return now to avoid
5325 overwriting critical parts of one_w32_display_info. */
5326 if (window_system_available (NULL
))
5329 if (! NILP (xrm_string
))
5330 CHECK_STRING (xrm_string
);
5332 /* Allow color mapping to be defined externally; first look in user's
5333 HOME directory, then in Emacs etc dir for a file called rgb.txt. */
5335 Lisp_Object color_file
;
5336 struct gcpro gcpro1
;
5338 color_file
= build_string ("~/rgb.txt");
5340 GCPRO1 (color_file
);
5342 if (NILP (Ffile_readable_p (color_file
)))
5344 Fexpand_file_name (build_string ("rgb.txt"),
5345 Fsymbol_value (intern ("data-directory")));
5347 Vw32_color_map
= Fx_load_color_file (color_file
);
5351 if (NILP (Vw32_color_map
))
5352 Vw32_color_map
= w32_default_color_map ();
5354 /* Merge in system logical colors. */
5355 add_system_logical_colors_to_map (&Vw32_color_map
);
5357 if (! NILP (xrm_string
))
5358 xrm_option
= SDATA (xrm_string
);
5360 xrm_option
= (unsigned char *) 0;
5362 /* Use this general default value to start with. */
5363 /* First remove .exe suffix from invocation-name - it looks ugly. */
5365 char basename
[ MAX_PATH
], *str
;
5367 lispstpcpy (basename
, Vinvocation_name
);
5368 str
= strrchr (basename
, '.');
5370 Vinvocation_name
= build_string (basename
);
5372 Vx_resource_name
= Vinvocation_name
;
5374 validate_x_resource_name ();
5376 /* This is what opens the connection and sets x_current_display.
5377 This also initializes many symbols, such as those used for input. */
5378 dpyinfo
= w32_term_init (display
, xrm_option
,
5379 SSDATA (Vx_resource_name
));
5383 if (!NILP (must_succeed
))
5384 fatal ("Cannot connect to server %s.\n",
5387 error ("Cannot connect to server %s", SDATA (display
));
5390 XSETFASTINT (Vwindow_system_version
, w32_major_version
);
5394 DEFUN ("x-close-connection", Fx_close_connection
,
5395 Sx_close_connection
, 1, 1, 0,
5396 doc
: /* Close the connection to DISPLAY's server.
5397 For DISPLAY, specify either a frame or a display name (a string).
5398 If DISPLAY is nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. */)
5399 (Lisp_Object display
)
5401 struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
= check_x_display_info (display
);
5403 if (dpyinfo
->reference_count
> 0)
5404 error ("Display still has frames on it");
5407 x_destroy_all_bitmaps (dpyinfo
);
5409 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
);
5415 DEFUN ("x-display-list", Fx_display_list
, Sx_display_list
, 0, 0, 0,
5416 doc
: /* Return the list of display names that Emacs has connections to. */)
5419 Lisp_Object result
= Qnil
;
5420 struct w32_display_info
*wdi
;
5422 for (wdi
= x_display_list
; wdi
; wdi
= wdi
->next
)
5423 result
= Fcons (XCAR (wdi
->name_list_element
), result
);
5428 DEFUN ("x-synchronize", Fx_synchronize
, Sx_synchronize
, 1, 2, 0,
5429 doc
: /* If ON is non-nil, report X errors as soon as the erring request is made.
5430 This function only has an effect on X Windows. With MS Windows, it is
5431 defined but does nothing.
5433 If ON is nil, allow buffering of requests.
5434 Turning on synchronization prohibits the Xlib routines from buffering
5435 requests and seriously degrades performance, but makes debugging much
5437 The optional second argument TERMINAL specifies which display to act on.
5438 TERMINAL should be a terminal object, a frame or a display name (a string).
5439 If TERMINAL is omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. */)
5440 (Lisp_Object on
, Lisp_Object display
)
5447 /***********************************************************************
5449 ***********************************************************************/
5451 #if 0 /* TODO : port window properties to W32 */
5453 DEFUN ("x-change-window-property", Fx_change_window_property
,
5454 Sx_change_window_property
, 2, 6, 0,
5455 doc
: /* Change window property PROP to VALUE on the X window of FRAME.
5456 PROP must be a string. VALUE may be a string or a list of conses,
5457 numbers and/or strings. If an element in the list is a string, it is
5458 converted to an atom and the value of the Atom is used. If an element
5459 is a cons, it is converted to a 32 bit number where the car is the 16
5460 top bits and the cdr is the lower 16 bits.
5462 FRAME nil or omitted means use the selected frame.
5463 If TYPE is given and non-nil, it is the name of the type of VALUE.
5464 If TYPE is not given or nil, the type is STRING.
5465 FORMAT gives the size in bits of each element if VALUE is a list.
5466 It must be one of 8, 16 or 32.
5467 If VALUE is a string or FORMAT is nil or not given, FORMAT defaults to 8.
5468 If OUTER-P is non-nil, the property is changed for the outer X window of
5469 FRAME. Default is to change on the edit X window. */)
5470 (Lisp_Object prop
, Lisp_Object value
, Lisp_Object frame
,
5471 Lisp_Object type
, Lisp_Object format
, Lisp_Object outer_p
)
5473 struct frame
*f
= decode_window_system_frame (frame
);
5476 CHECK_STRING (prop
);
5477 CHECK_STRING (value
);
5480 prop_atom
= XInternAtom (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
), SDATA (prop
), False
);
5481 XChangeProperty (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
),
5482 prop_atom
, XA_STRING
, 8, PropModeReplace
,
5483 SDATA (value
), SCHARS (value
));
5485 /* Make sure the property is set when we return. */
5486 XFlush (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
));
5493 DEFUN ("x-delete-window-property", Fx_delete_window_property
,
5494 Sx_delete_window_property
, 1, 2, 0,
5495 doc
: /* Remove window property PROP from X window of FRAME.
5496 FRAME nil or omitted means use the selected frame. Value is PROP. */)
5497 (Lisp_Object prop
, Lisp_Object frame
)
5499 struct frame
*f
= decode_window_system_frame (frame
);
5502 CHECK_STRING (prop
);
5504 prop_atom
= XInternAtom (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
), SDATA (prop
), False
);
5505 XDeleteProperty (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
), prop_atom
);
5507 /* Make sure the property is removed when we return. */
5508 XFlush (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
));
5515 DEFUN ("x-window-property", Fx_window_property
, Sx_window_property
,
5517 doc
: /* Value is the value of window property PROP on FRAME.
5518 If FRAME is nil or omitted, use the selected frame.
5520 On X Windows, the following optional arguments are also accepted:
5521 If TYPE is nil or omitted, get the property as a string.
5522 Otherwise TYPE is the name of the atom that denotes the type expected.
5523 If SOURCE is non-nil, get the property on that window instead of from
5524 FRAME. The number 0 denotes the root window.
5525 If DELETE-P is non-nil, delete the property after retrieving it.
5526 If VECTOR-RET-P is non-nil, don't return a string but a vector of values.
5528 On MS Windows, this function accepts but ignores those optional arguments.
5530 Value is nil if FRAME hasn't a property with name PROP or if PROP has
5531 no value of TYPE (always string in the MS Windows case). */)
5532 (Lisp_Object prop
, Lisp_Object frame
, Lisp_Object type
,
5533 Lisp_Object source
, Lisp_Object delete_p
, Lisp_Object vector_ret_p
)
5535 struct frame
*f
= decode_window_system_frame (frame
);
5538 Lisp_Object prop_value
= Qnil
;
5539 char *tmp_data
= NULL
;
5542 unsigned long actual_size
, bytes_remaining
;
5544 CHECK_STRING (prop
);
5546 prop_atom
= XInternAtom (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
), SDATA (prop
), False
);
5547 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
),
5548 prop_atom
, 0, 0, False
, XA_STRING
,
5549 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
5550 &bytes_remaining
, (unsigned char **) &tmp_data
);
5553 int size
= bytes_remaining
;
5558 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
),
5559 prop_atom
, 0, bytes_remaining
,
5561 &actual_type
, &actual_format
,
5562 &actual_size
, &bytes_remaining
,
5563 (unsigned char **) &tmp_data
);
5565 prop_value
= make_string (tmp_data
, size
);
5579 /***********************************************************************
5581 ***********************************************************************/
5583 static Lisp_Object
x_create_tip_frame (struct w32_display_info
*,
5584 Lisp_Object
, Lisp_Object
);
5585 static void compute_tip_xy (struct frame
*, Lisp_Object
, Lisp_Object
,
5586 Lisp_Object
, int, int, int *, int *);
5588 /* The frame of a currently visible tooltip. */
5590 Lisp_Object tip_frame
;
5592 /* If non-nil, a timer started that hides the last tooltip when it
5595 Lisp_Object tip_timer
;
5598 /* If non-nil, a vector of 3 elements containing the last args
5599 with which x-show-tip was called. See there. */
5601 Lisp_Object last_show_tip_args
;
5605 unwind_create_tip_frame (Lisp_Object frame
)
5607 Lisp_Object deleted
;
5609 deleted
= unwind_create_frame (frame
);
5610 if (EQ (deleted
, Qt
))
5618 /* Create a frame for a tooltip on the display described by DPYINFO.
5619 PARMS is a list of frame parameters. TEXT is the string to
5620 display in the tip frame. Value is the frame.
5622 Note that functions called here, esp. x_default_parameter can
5623 signal errors, for instance when a specified color name is
5624 undefined. We have to make sure that we're in a consistent state
5625 when this happens. */
5628 x_create_tip_frame (struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
,
5629 Lisp_Object parms
, Lisp_Object text
)
5634 long window_prompting
= 0;
5636 ptrdiff_t count
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
5637 struct gcpro gcpro1
, gcpro2
, gcpro3
;
5639 int face_change_count_before
= face_change_count
;
5641 struct buffer
*old_buffer
;
5643 /* Use this general default value to start with until we know if
5644 this frame has a specified name. */
5645 Vx_resource_name
= Vinvocation_name
;
5647 kb
= dpyinfo
->terminal
->kboard
;
5649 /* The calls to x_get_arg remove elements from PARMS, so copy it to
5650 avoid destructive changes behind our caller's back. */
5651 parms
= Fcopy_alist (parms
);
5653 /* Get the name of the frame to use for resource lookup. */
5654 name
= x_get_arg (dpyinfo
, parms
, Qname
, "name", "Name", RES_TYPE_STRING
);
5656 && !EQ (name
, Qunbound
)
5658 error ("Invalid frame name--not a string or nil");
5659 Vx_resource_name
= name
;
5662 GCPRO3 (parms
, name
, frame
);
5663 /* Make a frame without minibuffer nor mode-line. */
5664 f
= make_frame (false);
5665 f
->wants_modeline
= 0;
5666 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
5668 AUTO_STRING (tip
, " *tip*");
5669 buffer
= Fget_buffer_create (tip
);
5670 /* Use set_window_buffer instead of Fset_window_buffer (see
5671 discussion of bug#11984, bug#12025, bug#12026). */
5672 set_window_buffer (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f
), buffer
, false, false);
5673 old_buffer
= current_buffer
;
5674 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (buffer
));
5675 bset_truncate_lines (current_buffer
, Qnil
);
5676 specbind (Qinhibit_read_only
, Qt
);
5677 specbind (Qinhibit_modification_hooks
, Qt
);
5680 set_buffer_internal_1 (old_buffer
);
5682 record_unwind_protect (unwind_create_tip_frame
, frame
);
5684 /* By setting the output method, we're essentially saying that
5685 the frame is live, as per FRAME_LIVE_P. If we get a signal
5686 from this point on, x_destroy_window might screw up reference
5688 f
->terminal
= dpyinfo
->terminal
;
5689 f
->output_method
= output_w32
;
5690 f
->output_data
.w32
= xzalloc (sizeof (struct w32_output
));
5692 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = -1;
5693 fset_icon_name (f
, Qnil
);
5696 image_cache_refcount
=
5697 FRAME_IMAGE_CACHE (f
) ? FRAME_IMAGE_CACHE (f
)->refcount
: 0;
5698 dpyinfo_refcount
= dpyinfo
->reference_count
;
5699 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
5700 FRAME_KBOARD (f
) = kb
;
5701 f
->output_data
.w32
->parent_desc
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
;
5702 f
->output_data
.w32
->explicit_parent
= false;
5704 /* Set the name; the functions to which we pass f expect the name to
5706 if (EQ (name
, Qunbound
) || NILP (name
))
5708 fset_name (f
, build_string (dpyinfo
->w32_id_name
));
5709 f
->explicit_name
= false;
5713 fset_name (f
, name
);
5714 f
->explicit_name
= true;
5715 /* use the frame's title when getting resources for this frame. */
5716 specbind (Qx_resource_name
, name
);
5719 if (uniscribe_available
)
5720 register_font_driver (&uniscribe_font_driver
, f
);
5721 register_font_driver (&w32font_driver
, f
);
5723 x_default_parameter (f
, parms
, Qfont_backend
, Qnil
,
5724 "fontBackend", "FontBackend", RES_TYPE_STRING
);
5726 /* Extract the window parameters from the supplied values
5727 that are needed to determine window geometry. */
5728 x_default_font_parameter (f
, parms
);
5730 x_default_parameter (f
, parms
, Qborder_width
, make_number (2),
5731 "borderWidth", "BorderWidth", RES_TYPE_NUMBER
);
5732 /* This defaults to 2 in order to match xterm. We recognize either
5733 internalBorderWidth or internalBorder (which is what xterm calls
5735 if (NILP (Fassq (Qinternal_border_width
, parms
)))
5739 value
= x_get_arg (dpyinfo
, parms
, Qinternal_border_width
,
5740 "internalBorder", "internalBorder", RES_TYPE_NUMBER
);
5741 if (! EQ (value
, Qunbound
))
5742 parms
= Fcons (Fcons (Qinternal_border_width
, value
),
5745 x_default_parameter (f
, parms
, Qinternal_border_width
, make_number (1),
5746 "internalBorderWidth", "internalBorderWidth",
5748 x_default_parameter (f
, parms
, Qright_divider_width
, make_number (0),
5749 NULL
, NULL
, RES_TYPE_NUMBER
);
5750 x_default_parameter (f
, parms
, Qbottom_divider_width
, make_number (0),
5751 NULL
, NULL
, RES_TYPE_NUMBER
);
5753 /* Also do the stuff which must be set before the window exists. */
5754 x_default_parameter (f
, parms
, Qforeground_color
, build_string ("black"),
5755 "foreground", "Foreground", RES_TYPE_STRING
);
5756 x_default_parameter (f
, parms
, Qbackground_color
, build_string ("white"),
5757 "background", "Background", RES_TYPE_STRING
);
5758 x_default_parameter (f
, parms
, Qmouse_color
, build_string ("black"),
5759 "pointerColor", "Foreground", RES_TYPE_STRING
);
5760 x_default_parameter (f
, parms
, Qcursor_color
, build_string ("black"),
5761 "cursorColor", "Foreground", RES_TYPE_STRING
);
5762 x_default_parameter (f
, parms
, Qborder_color
, build_string ("black"),
5763 "borderColor", "BorderColor", RES_TYPE_STRING
);
5764 x_default_parameter (f
, parms
, Qalpha
, Qnil
,
5765 "alpha", "Alpha", RES_TYPE_NUMBER
);
5767 /* Init faces before x_default_parameter is called for the
5768 scroll-bar-width parameter because otherwise we end up in
5769 init_iterator with a null face cache, which should not happen. */
5770 init_frame_faces (f
);
5772 f
->output_data
.w32
->dwStyle
= WS_BORDER
| WS_POPUP
| WS_DISABLED
;
5773 f
->output_data
.w32
->parent_desc
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
;
5775 window_prompting
= x_figure_window_size (f
, parms
, false);
5777 /* No fringes on tip frame. */
5779 f
->left_fringe_width
= 0;
5780 f
->right_fringe_width
= 0;
5783 my_create_tip_window (f
);
5788 x_default_parameter (f
, parms
, Qauto_raise
, Qnil
,
5789 "autoRaise", "AutoRaiseLower", RES_TYPE_BOOLEAN
);
5790 x_default_parameter (f
, parms
, Qauto_lower
, Qnil
,
5791 "autoLower", "AutoRaiseLower", RES_TYPE_BOOLEAN
);
5792 x_default_parameter (f
, parms
, Qcursor_type
, Qbox
,
5793 "cursorType", "CursorType", RES_TYPE_SYMBOL
);
5795 /* Dimensions, especially FRAME_LINES (f), must be done via
5796 change_frame_size. Change will not be effected unless different
5797 from the current FRAME_LINES (f). */
5798 width
= FRAME_COLS (f
);
5799 height
= FRAME_LINES (f
);
5800 SET_FRAME_COLS (f
, 0);
5801 SET_FRAME_LINES (f
, 0);
5802 adjust_frame_size (f
, width
* FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
),
5803 height
* FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
), 0, true, Qnil
);
5805 /* Add `tooltip' frame parameter's default value. */
5806 if (NILP (Fframe_parameter (frame
, Qtooltip
)))
5807 Fmodify_frame_parameters (frame
, Fcons (Fcons (Qtooltip
, Qt
), Qnil
));
5809 /* Set up faces after all frame parameters are known. This call
5810 also merges in face attributes specified for new frames.
5812 Frame parameters may be changed if .Xdefaults contains
5813 specifications for the default font. For example, if there is an
5814 `Emacs.default.attributeBackground: pink', the `background-color'
5815 attribute of the frame get's set, which let's the internal border
5816 of the tooltip frame appear in pink. Prevent this. */
5818 Lisp_Object bg
= Fframe_parameter (frame
, Qbackground_color
);
5819 Lisp_Object fg
= Fframe_parameter (frame
, Qforeground_color
);
5820 Lisp_Object colors
= Qnil
;
5822 /* Set tip_frame here, so that */
5824 call2 (Qface_set_after_frame_default
, frame
, Qnil
);
5826 if (!EQ (bg
, Fframe_parameter (frame
, Qbackground_color
)))
5827 colors
= Fcons (Fcons (Qbackground_color
, bg
), colors
);
5828 if (!EQ (fg
, Fframe_parameter (frame
, Qforeground_color
)))
5829 colors
= Fcons (Fcons (Qforeground_color
, fg
), colors
);
5832 Fmodify_frame_parameters (frame
, colors
);
5839 /* Now that the frame is official, it counts as a reference to
5841 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->reference_count
++;
5842 f
->terminal
->reference_count
++;
5844 /* It is now ok to make the frame official even if we get an error
5845 below. And the frame needs to be on Vframe_list or making it
5846 visible won't work. */
5847 Vframe_list
= Fcons (frame
, Vframe_list
);
5848 f
->can_x_set_window_size
= true;
5850 /* Setting attributes of faces of the tooltip frame from resources
5851 and similar will increment face_change_count, which leads to the
5852 clearing of all current matrices. Since this isn't necessary
5853 here, avoid it by resetting face_change_count to the value it
5854 had before we created the tip frame. */
5855 face_change_count
= face_change_count_before
;
5857 /* Discard the unwind_protect. */
5858 return unbind_to (count
, frame
);
5862 /* Compute where to display tip frame F. PARMS is the list of frame
5863 parameters for F. DX and DY are specified offsets from the current
5864 location of the mouse. WIDTH and HEIGHT are the width and height
5865 of the tooltip. Return coordinates relative to the root window of
5866 the display in *ROOT_X, and *ROOT_Y. */
5869 compute_tip_xy (struct frame
*f
,
5870 Lisp_Object parms
, Lisp_Object dx
, Lisp_Object dy
,
5871 int width
, int height
, int *root_x
, int *root_y
)
5873 Lisp_Object left
, top
;
5874 int min_x
, min_y
, max_x
, max_y
;
5876 /* User-specified position? */
5877 left
= Fcdr (Fassq (Qleft
, parms
));
5878 top
= Fcdr (Fassq (Qtop
, parms
));
5880 /* Move the tooltip window where the mouse pointer is. Resize and
5882 if (!INTEGERP (left
) || !INTEGERP (top
))
5886 /* Default min and max values. */
5889 max_x
= x_display_pixel_width (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
));
5890 max_y
= x_display_pixel_height (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
));
5898 /* If multiple monitor support is available, constrain the tip onto
5899 the current monitor. This improves the above by allowing negative
5900 co-ordinates if monitor positions are such that they are valid, and
5901 snaps a tooltip onto a single monitor if we are close to the edge
5902 where it would otherwise flow onto the other monitor (or into
5903 nothingness if there is a gap in the overlap). */
5904 if (monitor_from_point_fn
&& get_monitor_info_fn
)
5906 struct MONITOR_INFO info
;
5908 = monitor_from_point_fn (pt
, MONITOR_DEFAULT_TO_NEAREST
);
5909 info
.cbSize
= sizeof (info
);
5911 if (get_monitor_info_fn (monitor
, &info
))
5913 min_x
= info
.rcWork
.left
;
5914 min_y
= info
.rcWork
.top
;
5915 max_x
= info
.rcWork
.right
;
5916 max_y
= info
.rcWork
.bottom
;
5922 *root_y
= XINT (top
);
5923 else if (*root_y
+ XINT (dy
) <= min_y
)
5924 *root_y
= min_y
; /* Can happen for negative dy */
5925 else if (*root_y
+ XINT (dy
) + height
<= max_y
)
5926 /* It fits below the pointer */
5927 *root_y
+= XINT (dy
);
5928 else if (height
+ XINT (dy
) + min_y
<= *root_y
)
5929 /* It fits above the pointer. */
5930 *root_y
-= height
+ XINT (dy
);
5932 /* Put it on the top. */
5935 if (INTEGERP (left
))
5936 *root_x
= XINT (left
);
5937 else if (*root_x
+ XINT (dx
) <= min_x
)
5938 *root_x
= 0; /* Can happen for negative dx */
5939 else if (*root_x
+ XINT (dx
) + width
<= max_x
)
5940 /* It fits to the right of the pointer. */
5941 *root_x
+= XINT (dx
);
5942 else if (width
+ XINT (dx
) + min_x
<= *root_x
)
5943 /* It fits to the left of the pointer. */
5944 *root_x
-= width
+ XINT (dx
);
5946 /* Put it left justified on the screen -- it ought to fit that way. */
5951 DEFUN ("x-show-tip", Fx_show_tip
, Sx_show_tip
, 1, 6, 0,
5952 doc
: /* Show STRING in a \"tooltip\" window on frame FRAME.
5953 A tooltip window is a small window displaying a string.
5955 This is an internal function; Lisp code should call `tooltip-show'.
5957 FRAME nil or omitted means use the selected frame.
5959 PARMS is an optional list of frame parameters which can be
5960 used to change the tooltip's appearance.
5962 Automatically hide the tooltip after TIMEOUT seconds. TIMEOUT nil
5963 means use the default timeout of 5 seconds.
5965 If the list of frame parameters PARMS contains a `left' parameter,
5966 the tooltip is displayed at that x-position. Otherwise it is
5967 displayed at the mouse position, with offset DX added (default is 5 if
5968 DX isn't specified). Likewise for the y-position; if a `top' frame
5969 parameter is specified, it determines the y-position of the tooltip
5970 window, otherwise it is displayed at the mouse position, with offset
5971 DY added (default is -10).
5973 A tooltip's maximum size is specified by `x-max-tooltip-size'.
5974 Text larger than the specified size is clipped. */)
5975 (Lisp_Object string
, Lisp_Object frame
, Lisp_Object parms
, Lisp_Object timeout
, Lisp_Object dx
, Lisp_Object dy
)
5980 struct buffer
*old_buffer
;
5981 struct text_pos pos
;
5982 int i
, width
, height
;
5983 bool seen_reversed_p
;
5984 struct gcpro gcpro1
, gcpro2
, gcpro3
, gcpro4
;
5985 int old_windows_or_buffers_changed
= windows_or_buffers_changed
;
5986 ptrdiff_t count
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
5988 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay
, Qt
);
5990 GCPRO4 (string
, parms
, frame
, timeout
);
5992 CHECK_STRING (string
);
5993 f
= decode_window_system_frame (frame
);
5995 timeout
= make_number (5);
5997 CHECK_NATNUM (timeout
);
6000 dx
= make_number (5);
6005 dy
= make_number (-10);
6009 if (NILP (last_show_tip_args
))
6010 last_show_tip_args
= Fmake_vector (make_number (3), Qnil
);
6012 if (!NILP (tip_frame
))
6014 Lisp_Object last_string
= AREF (last_show_tip_args
, 0);
6015 Lisp_Object last_frame
= AREF (last_show_tip_args
, 1);
6016 Lisp_Object last_parms
= AREF (last_show_tip_args
, 2);
6018 if (EQ (frame
, last_frame
)
6019 && !NILP (Fequal (last_string
, string
))
6020 && !NILP (Fequal (last_parms
, parms
)))
6022 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (tip_frame
);
6024 /* Only DX and DY have changed. */
6025 if (!NILP (tip_timer
))
6027 Lisp_Object timer
= tip_timer
;
6029 call1 (Qcancel_timer
, timer
);
6033 compute_tip_xy (f
, parms
, dx
, dy
, FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
),
6034 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
), &root_x
, &root_y
);
6036 /* Put tooltip in topmost group and in position. */
6037 SetWindowPos (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
), HWND_TOPMOST
,
6038 root_x
, root_y
, 0, 0,
6039 SWP_NOSIZE
| SWP_NOACTIVATE
| SWP_NOOWNERZORDER
);
6041 /* Ensure tooltip is on top of other topmost windows (eg menus). */
6042 SetWindowPos (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
), HWND_TOP
,
6044 SWP_NOMOVE
| SWP_NOSIZE
6045 | SWP_NOACTIVATE
| SWP_NOOWNERZORDER
);
6052 /* Hide a previous tip, if any. */
6055 ASET (last_show_tip_args
, 0, string
);
6056 ASET (last_show_tip_args
, 1, frame
);
6057 ASET (last_show_tip_args
, 2, parms
);
6059 /* Add default values to frame parameters. */
6060 if (NILP (Fassq (Qname
, parms
)))
6061 parms
= Fcons (Fcons (Qname
, build_string ("tooltip")), parms
);
6062 if (NILP (Fassq (Qinternal_border_width
, parms
)))
6063 parms
= Fcons (Fcons (Qinternal_border_width
, make_number (3)), parms
);
6064 if (NILP (Fassq (Qright_divider_width
, parms
)))
6065 parms
= Fcons (Fcons (Qright_divider_width
, make_number (0)), parms
);
6066 if (NILP (Fassq (Qbottom_divider_width
, parms
)))
6067 parms
= Fcons (Fcons (Qbottom_divider_width
, make_number (0)), parms
);
6068 if (NILP (Fassq (Qborder_width
, parms
)))
6069 parms
= Fcons (Fcons (Qborder_width
, make_number (1)), parms
);
6070 if (NILP (Fassq (Qborder_color
, parms
)))
6071 parms
= Fcons (Fcons (Qborder_color
, build_string ("lightyellow")), parms
);
6072 if (NILP (Fassq (Qbackground_color
, parms
)))
6073 parms
= Fcons (Fcons (Qbackground_color
, build_string ("lightyellow")),
6076 /* Block input until the tip has been fully drawn, to avoid crashes
6077 when drawing tips in menus. */
6080 /* Create a frame for the tooltip, and record it in the global
6081 variable tip_frame. */
6082 frame
= x_create_tip_frame (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
), parms
, string
);
6085 /* Set up the frame's root window. */
6086 w
= XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f
));
6092 if (CONSP (Vx_max_tooltip_size
)
6093 && INTEGERP (XCAR (Vx_max_tooltip_size
))
6094 && XINT (XCAR (Vx_max_tooltip_size
)) > 0
6095 && INTEGERP (XCDR (Vx_max_tooltip_size
))
6096 && XINT (XCDR (Vx_max_tooltip_size
)) > 0)
6098 w
->total_cols
= XFASTINT (XCAR (Vx_max_tooltip_size
));
6099 w
->total_lines
= XFASTINT (XCDR (Vx_max_tooltip_size
));
6104 w
->total_lines
= 40;
6107 w
->pixel_width
= w
->total_cols
* FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
6108 w
->pixel_height
= w
->total_lines
* FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
6110 FRAME_TOTAL_COLS (f
) = WINDOW_TOTAL_COLS (w
);
6111 adjust_frame_glyphs (f
);
6112 w
->pseudo_window_p
= true;
6114 /* Display the tooltip text in a temporary buffer. */
6115 old_buffer
= current_buffer
;
6116 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f
))->contents
));
6117 bset_truncate_lines (current_buffer
, Qnil
);
6118 clear_glyph_matrix (w
->desired_matrix
);
6119 clear_glyph_matrix (w
->current_matrix
);
6120 SET_TEXT_POS (pos
, BEGV
, BEGV_BYTE
);
6121 try_window (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f
), pos
, TRY_WINDOW_IGNORE_FONTS_CHANGE
);
6123 /* Compute width and height of the tooltip. */
6125 seen_reversed_p
= false;
6126 for (i
= 0; i
< w
->desired_matrix
->nrows
; ++i
)
6128 struct glyph_row
*row
= &w
->desired_matrix
->rows
[i
];
6132 /* Stop at the first empty row at the end. */
6133 if (!row
->enabled_p
|| !MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row
))
6136 /* Let the row go over the full width of the frame. */
6137 row
->full_width_p
= true;
6139 row_width
= row
->pixel_width
;
6140 if (row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])
6142 if (!row
->reversed_p
)
6144 /* There's a glyph at the end of rows that is used to
6145 place the cursor there. Don't include the width of
6147 last
= &row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
][row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] - 1];
6148 if (NILP (last
->object
))
6149 row_width
-= last
->pixel_width
;
6153 /* There could be a stretch glyph at the beginning of R2L
6154 rows that is produced by extend_face_to_end_of_line.
6155 Don't count that glyph. */
6156 struct glyph
*g
= row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
6158 if (g
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
&& NILP (g
->object
))
6160 row_width
-= g
->pixel_width
;
6161 seen_reversed_p
= true;
6166 height
+= row
->height
;
6167 width
= max (width
, row_width
);
6170 /* If we've seen partial-length R2L rows, we need to re-adjust the
6171 tool-tip frame width and redisplay it again, to avoid over-wide
6172 tips due to the stretch glyph that extends R2L lines to full
6173 width of the frame. */
6174 if (seen_reversed_p
)
6176 /* PXW: Why do we do the pixel-to-cols conversion only if
6177 seen_reversed_p holds? Don't we have to set other fields of
6178 the window/frame structure?
6180 w->total_cols and FRAME_TOTAL_COLS want the width in columns,
6182 w
->pixel_width
= width
;
6183 width
/= WINDOW_FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (w
);
6184 w
->total_cols
= width
;
6185 FRAME_TOTAL_COLS (f
) = width
;
6186 SET_FRAME_WIDTH (f
, width
);
6187 adjust_frame_glyphs (f
);
6188 w
->pseudo_window_p
= 1;
6189 clear_glyph_matrix (w
->desired_matrix
);
6190 clear_glyph_matrix (w
->current_matrix
);
6191 try_window (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f
), pos
, TRY_WINDOW_IGNORE_FONTS_CHANGE
);
6193 /* Recompute width and height of the tooltip. */
6194 for (i
= 0; i
< w
->desired_matrix
->nrows
; ++i
)
6196 struct glyph_row
*row
= &w
->desired_matrix
->rows
[i
];
6200 if (!row
->enabled_p
|| !MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row
))
6202 row
->full_width_p
= true;
6203 row_width
= row
->pixel_width
;
6204 if (row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] && !row
->reversed_p
)
6206 last
= &row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
][row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] - 1];
6207 if (NILP (last
->object
))
6208 row_width
-= last
->pixel_width
;
6211 height
+= row
->height
;
6212 width
= max (width
, row_width
);
6216 /* Add the frame's internal border to the width and height the w32
6217 window should have. */
6218 height
+= 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
6219 width
+= 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
6221 /* Move the tooltip window where the mouse pointer is. Resize and
6224 PXW: This should use the frame's pixel coordinates. */
6225 compute_tip_xy (f
, parms
, dx
, dy
, width
, height
, &root_x
, &root_y
);
6228 /* Adjust Window size to take border into account. */
6230 rect
.left
= rect
.top
= 0;
6232 rect
.bottom
= height
;
6233 AdjustWindowRect (&rect
, f
->output_data
.w32
->dwStyle
,
6234 FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f
));
6236 /* Position and size tooltip, and put it in the topmost group.
6237 The add-on of FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH to the 5th argument is a
6238 peculiarity of w32 display: without it, some fonts cause the
6239 last character of the tip to be truncated or wrapped around to
6241 SetWindowPos (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
), HWND_TOPMOST
,
6243 rect
.right
- rect
.left
+ FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
),
6244 rect
.bottom
- rect
.top
, SWP_NOACTIVATE
| SWP_NOOWNERZORDER
);
6246 /* Ensure tooltip is on top of other topmost windows (eg menus). */
6247 SetWindowPos (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
), HWND_TOP
,
6249 SWP_NOMOVE
| SWP_NOSIZE
6250 | SWP_NOACTIVATE
| SWP_NOOWNERZORDER
);
6252 /* Let redisplay know that we have made the frame visible already. */
6253 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 1);
6255 ShowWindow (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
), SW_SHOWNOACTIVATE
);
6258 /* Draw into the window. */
6259 w
->must_be_updated_p
= true;
6260 update_single_window (w
);
6264 /* Restore original current buffer. */
6265 set_buffer_internal_1 (old_buffer
);
6266 windows_or_buffers_changed
= old_windows_or_buffers_changed
;
6269 /* Let the tip disappear after timeout seconds. */
6270 tip_timer
= call3 (intern ("run-at-time"), timeout
, Qnil
,
6271 intern ("x-hide-tip"));
6274 return unbind_to (count
, Qnil
);
6278 DEFUN ("x-hide-tip", Fx_hide_tip
, Sx_hide_tip
, 0, 0, 0,
6279 doc
: /* Hide the current tooltip window, if there is any.
6280 Value is t if tooltip was open, nil otherwise. */)
6284 Lisp_Object deleted
, frame
, timer
;
6285 struct gcpro gcpro1
, gcpro2
;
6287 /* Return quickly if nothing to do. */
6288 if (NILP (tip_timer
) && NILP (tip_frame
))
6293 GCPRO2 (frame
, timer
);
6294 tip_frame
= tip_timer
= deleted
= Qnil
;
6296 count
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
6297 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay
, Qt
);
6298 specbind (Qinhibit_quit
, Qt
);
6301 call1 (Qcancel_timer
, timer
);
6305 delete_frame (frame
, Qnil
);
6310 return unbind_to (count
, deleted
);
6313 /***********************************************************************
6314 File selection dialog
6315 ***********************************************************************/
6317 #define FILE_NAME_TEXT_FIELD edt1
6318 #define FILE_NAME_COMBO_BOX cmb13
6319 #define FILE_NAME_LIST lst1
6321 /* Callback for altering the behavior of the Open File dialog.
6322 Makes the Filename text field contain "Current Directory" and be
6323 read-only when "Directories" is selected in the filter. This
6324 allows us to work around the fact that the standard Open File
6325 dialog does not support directories. */
6326 static UINT_PTR CALLBACK
6327 file_dialog_callback (HWND hwnd
, UINT msg
, WPARAM wParam
, LPARAM lParam
)
6329 if (msg
== WM_NOTIFY
)
6331 OFNOTIFYW
* notify_w
= (OFNOTIFYW
*)lParam
;
6332 OFNOTIFYA
* notify_a
= (OFNOTIFYA
*)lParam
;
6333 int dropdown_changed
;
6335 #ifdef NTGUI_UNICODE
6336 const int use_unicode
= 1;
6337 #else /* !NTGUI_UNICODE */
6338 int use_unicode
= w32_unicode_filenames
;
6339 #endif /* NTGUI_UNICODE */
6341 /* Detect when the Filter dropdown is changed. */
6344 notify_w
->hdr
.code
== CDN_TYPECHANGE
6345 || notify_w
->hdr
.code
== CDN_INITDONE
;
6348 notify_a
->hdr
.code
== CDN_TYPECHANGE
6349 || notify_a
->hdr
.code
== CDN_INITDONE
;
6350 if (dropdown_changed
)
6352 HWND dialog
= GetParent (hwnd
);
6353 HWND edit_control
= GetDlgItem (dialog
, FILE_NAME_TEXT_FIELD
);
6354 HWND list
= GetDlgItem (dialog
, FILE_NAME_LIST
);
6357 /* At least on Windows 7, the above attempt to get the window handle
6358 to the File Name Text Field fails. The following code does the
6359 job though. Note that this code is based on my examination of the
6360 window hierarchy using Microsoft Spy++. bk */
6361 if (edit_control
== NULL
)
6363 HWND tmp
= GetDlgItem (dialog
, FILE_NAME_COMBO_BOX
);
6366 tmp
= GetWindow (tmp
, GW_CHILD
);
6368 edit_control
= GetWindow (tmp
, GW_CHILD
);
6372 /* Directories is in index 2. */
6375 dir_index
= notify_w
->lpOFN
->nFilterIndex
;
6376 hdr_code
= notify_w
->hdr
.code
;
6380 dir_index
= notify_a
->lpOFN
->nFilterIndex
;
6381 hdr_code
= notify_a
->hdr
.code
;
6386 SendMessageW (dialog
, CDM_SETCONTROLTEXT
, FILE_NAME_TEXT_FIELD
,
6387 (LPARAM
)L
"Current Directory");
6389 SendMessageA (dialog
, CDM_SETCONTROLTEXT
, FILE_NAME_TEXT_FIELD
,
6390 (LPARAM
)"Current Directory");
6391 EnableWindow (edit_control
, FALSE
);
6392 /* Note that at least on Windows 7, the above call to EnableWindow
6393 disables the window that would ordinarily have focus. If we
6394 do not set focus to some other window here, focus will land in
6395 no man's land and the user will be unable to tab through the
6396 dialog box (pressing tab will only result in a beep).
6397 Avoid that problem by setting focus to the list here. */
6398 if (hdr_code
== CDN_INITDONE
)
6403 /* Don't override default filename on init done. */
6404 if (hdr_code
== CDN_TYPECHANGE
)
6407 SendMessageW (dialog
, CDM_SETCONTROLTEXT
,
6408 FILE_NAME_TEXT_FIELD
, (LPARAM
)L
"");
6410 SendMessageA (dialog
, CDM_SETCONTROLTEXT
,
6411 FILE_NAME_TEXT_FIELD
, (LPARAM
)"");
6413 EnableWindow (edit_control
, TRUE
);
6420 DEFUN ("x-file-dialog", Fx_file_dialog
, Sx_file_dialog
, 2, 5, 0,
6421 doc
: /* Read file name, prompting with PROMPT in directory DIR.
6422 Use a file selection dialog. Select DEFAULT-FILENAME in the dialog's file
6423 selection box, if specified. If MUSTMATCH is non-nil, the returned file
6424 or directory must exist.
6426 This function is only defined on NS, MS Windows, and X Windows with the
6427 Motif or Gtk toolkits. With the Motif toolkit, ONLY-DIR-P is ignored.
6428 Otherwise, if ONLY-DIR-P is non-nil, the user can only select directories.
6429 On Windows 7 and later, the file selection dialog "remembers" the last
6430 directory where the user selected a file, and will open that directory
6431 instead of DIR on subsequent invocations of this function with the same
6432 value of DIR as in previous invocations; this is standard Windows behavior. */)
6433 (Lisp_Object prompt
, Lisp_Object dir
, Lisp_Object default_filename
, Lisp_Object mustmatch
, Lisp_Object only_dir_p
)
6435 /* Filter index: 1: All Files, 2: Directories only */
6436 static const wchar_t filter_w
[] = L
"All Files (*.*)\0*.*\0Directories\0*|*\0";
6437 static const char filter_a
[] = "All Files (*.*)\0*.*\0Directories\0*|*\0";
6439 Lisp_Object filename
= default_filename
;
6440 struct frame
*f
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
6441 BOOL file_opened
= FALSE
;
6442 Lisp_Object orig_dir
= dir
;
6443 Lisp_Object orig_prompt
= prompt
;
6445 /* If we compile with _WIN32_WINNT set to 0x0400 (for NT4
6446 compatibility) we end up with the old file dialogs. Define a big
6447 enough struct for the new dialog to trick GetOpenFileName into
6448 giving us the new dialogs on newer versions of Windows. */
6450 OPENFILENAMEW details
;
6451 #if _WIN32_WINNT < 0x500 /* < win2k */
6455 #endif /* < win2k */
6456 } new_file_details_w
;
6458 #ifdef NTGUI_UNICODE
6459 wchar_t filename_buf_w
[32*1024 + 1]; // NT kernel maximum
6460 OPENFILENAMEW
* file_details_w
= &new_file_details_w
.details
;
6461 const int use_unicode
= 1;
6462 #else /* not NTGUI_UNICODE */
6464 OPENFILENAMEA details
;
6465 #if _WIN32_WINNT < 0x500 /* < win2k */
6469 #endif /* < win2k */
6470 } new_file_details_a
;
6471 wchar_t filename_buf_w
[MAX_PATH
+ 1], dir_w
[MAX_PATH
];
6472 char filename_buf_a
[MAX_PATH
+ 1], dir_a
[MAX_PATH
];
6473 OPENFILENAMEW
* file_details_w
= &new_file_details_w
.details
;
6474 OPENFILENAMEA
* file_details_a
= &new_file_details_a
.details
;
6475 int use_unicode
= w32_unicode_filenames
;
6479 char fname_ret
[MAX_UTF8_PATH
];
6480 #endif /* NTGUI_UNICODE */
6482 struct gcpro gcpro1
, gcpro2
, gcpro3
, gcpro4
, gcpro5
, gcpro6
;
6483 GCPRO6 (prompt
, dir
, default_filename
, mustmatch
, only_dir_p
, filename
);
6486 struct gcpro gcpro1
, gcpro2
;
6487 GCPRO2 (orig_dir
, orig_prompt
); /* There is no GCPRON, N>6. */
6489 /* Note: under NTGUI_UNICODE, we do _NOT_ use ENCODE_FILE: the
6490 system file encoding expected by the platform APIs (e.g. Cygwin's
6491 POSIX implementation) may not be the same as the encoding expected
6492 by the Windows "ANSI" APIs! */
6494 CHECK_STRING (prompt
);
6497 dir
= Fexpand_file_name (dir
, Qnil
);
6499 if (STRINGP (filename
))
6500 filename
= Ffile_name_nondirectory (filename
);
6502 filename
= empty_unibyte_string
;
6505 dir
= Fcygwin_convert_file_name_to_windows (dir
, Qt
);
6506 if (SCHARS (filename
) > 0)
6507 filename
= Fcygwin_convert_file_name_to_windows (filename
, Qnil
);
6511 CHECK_STRING (filename
);
6513 /* The code in file_dialog_callback that attempts to set the text
6514 of the file name edit window when handling the CDN_INITDONE
6515 WM_NOTIFY message does not work. Setting filename to "Current
6516 Directory" in the only_dir_p case here does work however. */
6517 if (SCHARS (filename
) == 0 && ! NILP (only_dir_p
))
6518 filename
= build_string ("Current Directory");
6520 /* Convert the values we've computed so far to system form. */
6521 #ifdef NTGUI_UNICODE
6522 to_unicode (prompt
, &prompt
);
6523 to_unicode (dir
, &dir
);
6524 to_unicode (filename
, &filename
);
6525 if (SBYTES (filename
) + 1 > sizeof (filename_buf_w
))
6526 report_file_error ("filename too long", default_filename
);
6528 memcpy (filename_buf_w
, SDATA (filename
), SBYTES (filename
) + 1);
6529 #else /* !NTGUI_UNICODE */
6530 prompt
= ENCODE_FILE (prompt
);
6531 dir
= ENCODE_FILE (dir
);
6532 filename
= ENCODE_FILE (filename
);
6534 /* We modify these in-place, so make copies for safety. */
6535 dir
= Fcopy_sequence (dir
);
6536 unixtodos_filename (SDATA (dir
));
6537 filename
= Fcopy_sequence (filename
);
6538 unixtodos_filename (SDATA (filename
));
6539 if (SBYTES (filename
) >= MAX_UTF8_PATH
)
6540 report_file_error ("filename too long", default_filename
);
6541 if (w32_unicode_filenames
)
6543 filename_to_utf16 (SSDATA (dir
), dir_w
);
6544 if (filename_to_utf16 (SSDATA (filename
), filename_buf_w
) != 0)
6546 /* filename_to_utf16 sets errno to ENOENT when the file
6547 name is too long or cannot be converted to UTF-16. */
6548 if (errno
== ENOENT
&& filename_buf_w
[MAX_PATH
- 1] != 0)
6549 report_file_error ("filename too long", default_filename
);
6551 len
= pMultiByteToWideChar (CP_UTF8
, MB_ERR_INVALID_CHARS
,
6552 SSDATA (prompt
), -1, NULL
, 0);
6555 prompt_w
= alloca (len
* sizeof (wchar_t));
6556 pMultiByteToWideChar (CP_UTF8
, MB_ERR_INVALID_CHARS
,
6557 SSDATA (prompt
), -1, prompt_w
, len
);
6561 filename_to_ansi (SSDATA (dir
), dir_a
);
6562 if (filename_to_ansi (SSDATA (filename
), filename_buf_a
) != '\0')
6564 /* filename_to_ansi sets errno to ENOENT when the file
6565 name is too long or cannot be converted to UTF-16. */
6566 if (errno
== ENOENT
&& filename_buf_a
[MAX_PATH
- 1] != 0)
6567 report_file_error ("filename too long", default_filename
);
6569 len
= pMultiByteToWideChar (CP_UTF8
, MB_ERR_INVALID_CHARS
,
6570 SSDATA (prompt
), -1, NULL
, 0);
6573 prompt_w
= alloca (len
* sizeof (wchar_t));
6574 pMultiByteToWideChar (CP_UTF8
, MB_ERR_INVALID_CHARS
,
6575 SSDATA (prompt
), -1, prompt_w
, len
);
6576 len
= pWideCharToMultiByte (CP_ACP
, 0, prompt_w
, -1, NULL
, 0, NULL
, NULL
);
6579 prompt_a
= alloca (len
);
6580 pWideCharToMultiByte (CP_ACP
, 0, prompt_w
, -1, prompt_a
, len
, NULL
, NULL
);
6582 #endif /* NTGUI_UNICODE */
6584 /* Fill in the structure for the call to GetOpenFileName below.
6585 For NTGUI_UNICODE builds (which run only on NT), we just use
6586 the actual size of the structure. For non-NTGUI_UNICODE
6587 builds, we tell the OS we're using an old version of the
6588 structure if the OS isn't new enough to support the newer
6592 memset (&new_file_details_w
, 0, sizeof (new_file_details_w
));
6593 if (w32_major_version
> 4 && w32_major_version
< 95)
6594 file_details_w
->lStructSize
= sizeof (new_file_details_w
);
6596 file_details_w
->lStructSize
= sizeof (*file_details_w
);
6597 /* Set up the inout parameter for the selected file name. */
6598 file_details_w
->lpstrFile
= filename_buf_w
;
6599 file_details_w
->nMaxFile
=
6600 sizeof (filename_buf_w
) / sizeof (*filename_buf_w
);
6601 file_details_w
->hwndOwner
= FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
);
6602 /* Undocumented Bug in Common File Dialog:
6603 If a filter is not specified, shell links are not resolved. */
6604 file_details_w
->lpstrFilter
= filter_w
;
6605 #ifdef NTGUI_UNICODE
6606 file_details_w
->lpstrInitialDir
= (wchar_t*) SDATA (dir
);
6607 file_details_w
->lpstrTitle
= (guichar_t
*) SDATA (prompt
);
6609 file_details_w
->lpstrInitialDir
= dir_w
;
6610 file_details_w
->lpstrTitle
= prompt_w
;
6612 file_details_w
->nFilterIndex
= NILP (only_dir_p
) ? 1 : 2;
6613 file_details_w
->Flags
= (OFN_HIDEREADONLY
| OFN_NOCHANGEDIR
6614 | OFN_EXPLORER
| OFN_ENABLEHOOK
);
6615 if (!NILP (mustmatch
))
6617 /* Require that the path to the parent directory exists. */
6618 file_details_w
->Flags
|= OFN_PATHMUSTEXIST
;
6619 /* If we are looking for a file, require that it exists. */
6620 if (NILP (only_dir_p
))
6621 file_details_w
->Flags
|= OFN_FILEMUSTEXIST
;
6624 #ifndef NTGUI_UNICODE
6627 memset (&new_file_details_a
, 0, sizeof (new_file_details_a
));
6628 if (w32_major_version
> 4 && w32_major_version
< 95)
6629 file_details_a
->lStructSize
= sizeof (new_file_details_a
);
6631 file_details_a
->lStructSize
= sizeof (*file_details_a
);
6632 file_details_a
->lpstrFile
= filename_buf_a
;
6633 file_details_a
->nMaxFile
=
6634 sizeof (filename_buf_a
) / sizeof (*filename_buf_a
);
6635 file_details_a
->hwndOwner
= FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
);
6636 file_details_a
->lpstrFilter
= filter_a
;
6637 file_details_a
->lpstrInitialDir
= dir_a
;
6638 file_details_a
->lpstrTitle
= prompt_a
;
6639 file_details_a
->nFilterIndex
= NILP (only_dir_p
) ? 1 : 2;
6640 file_details_a
->Flags
= (OFN_HIDEREADONLY
| OFN_NOCHANGEDIR
6641 | OFN_EXPLORER
| OFN_ENABLEHOOK
);
6642 if (!NILP (mustmatch
))
6644 /* Require that the path to the parent directory exists. */
6645 file_details_a
->Flags
|= OFN_PATHMUSTEXIST
;
6646 /* If we are looking for a file, require that it exists. */
6647 if (NILP (only_dir_p
))
6648 file_details_a
->Flags
|= OFN_FILEMUSTEXIST
;
6651 #endif /* !NTGUI_UNICODE */
6654 int count
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
6655 /* Prevent redisplay. */
6656 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay
, Qt
);
6660 file_details_w
->lpfnHook
= file_dialog_callback
;
6662 file_opened
= GetOpenFileNameW (file_details_w
);
6664 #ifndef NTGUI_UNICODE
6667 file_details_a
->lpfnHook
= file_dialog_callback
;
6669 file_opened
= GetOpenFileNameA (file_details_a
);
6671 #endif /* !NTGUI_UNICODE */
6673 unbind_to (count
, Qnil
);
6678 /* Get an Emacs string from the value Windows gave us. */
6679 #ifdef NTGUI_UNICODE
6680 filename
= from_unicode_buffer (filename_buf_w
);
6681 #else /* !NTGUI_UNICODE */
6683 filename_from_utf16 (filename_buf_w
, fname_ret
);
6685 filename_from_ansi (filename_buf_a
, fname_ret
);
6686 dostounix_filename (fname_ret
);
6687 filename
= DECODE_FILE (build_unibyte_string (fname_ret
));
6688 #endif /* NTGUI_UNICODE */
6691 filename
= Fcygwin_convert_file_name_from_windows (filename
, Qt
);
6694 /* Strip the dummy filename off the end of the string if we
6695 added it to select a directory. */
6696 if ((use_unicode
&& file_details_w
->nFilterIndex
== 2)
6697 #ifndef NTGUI_UNICODE
6698 || (!use_unicode
&& file_details_a
->nFilterIndex
== 2)
6701 filename
= Ffile_name_directory (filename
);
6703 /* User canceled the dialog without making a selection. */
6704 else if (!CommDlgExtendedError ())
6706 /* An error occurred, fallback on reading from the mini-buffer. */
6708 filename
= Fcompleting_read (
6710 intern ("read-file-name-internal"),
6721 /* Make "Cancel" equivalent to C-g. */
6722 if (NILP (filename
))
6723 Fsignal (Qquit
, Qnil
);
6725 RETURN_UNGCPRO (filename
);
6730 /* Moving files to the system recycle bin.
6731 Used by `move-file-to-trash' instead of the default moving to ~/.Trash */
6732 DEFUN ("system-move-file-to-trash", Fsystem_move_file_to_trash
,
6733 Ssystem_move_file_to_trash
, 1, 1, 0,
6734 doc
: /* Move file or directory named FILENAME to the recycle bin. */)
6735 (Lisp_Object filename
)
6737 Lisp_Object handler
;
6738 Lisp_Object encoded_file
;
6739 Lisp_Object operation
;
6741 operation
= Qdelete_file
;
6742 if (!NILP (Ffile_directory_p (filename
))
6743 && NILP (Ffile_symlink_p (filename
)))
6745 operation
= intern ("delete-directory");
6746 filename
= Fdirectory_file_name (filename
);
6749 /* Must have fully qualified file names for moving files to Recycle
6751 filename
= Fexpand_file_name (filename
, Qnil
);
6753 handler
= Ffind_file_name_handler (filename
, operation
);
6754 if (!NILP (handler
))
6755 return call2 (handler
, operation
, filename
);
6761 encoded_file
= ENCODE_FILE (filename
);
6763 path
= map_w32_filename (SDATA (encoded_file
), NULL
);
6765 /* The Unicode version of SHFileOperation is not supported on
6767 if (w32_unicode_filenames
&& os_subtype
!= OS_9X
)
6769 SHFILEOPSTRUCTW file_op_w
;
6770 /* We need one more element beyond MAX_PATH because this is
6771 a list of file names, with the last element double-null
6773 wchar_t tmp_path_w
[MAX_PATH
+ 1];
6775 memset (tmp_path_w
, 0, sizeof (tmp_path_w
));
6776 filename_to_utf16 (path
, tmp_path_w
);
6778 /* On Windows, write permission is required to delete/move files. */
6779 _wchmod (tmp_path_w
, 0666);
6781 memset (&file_op_w
, 0, sizeof (file_op_w
));
6782 file_op_w
.hwnd
= HWND_DESKTOP
;
6783 file_op_w
.wFunc
= FO_DELETE
;
6784 file_op_w
.pFrom
= tmp_path_w
;
6785 file_op_w
.fFlags
= FOF_SILENT
| FOF_NOCONFIRMATION
| FOF_ALLOWUNDO
6786 | FOF_NOERRORUI
| FOF_NO_CONNECTED_ELEMENTS
;
6787 file_op_w
.fAnyOperationsAborted
= FALSE
;
6789 result
= SHFileOperationW (&file_op_w
);
6793 SHFILEOPSTRUCTA file_op_a
;
6794 char tmp_path_a
[MAX_PATH
+ 1];
6796 memset (tmp_path_a
, 0, sizeof (tmp_path_a
));
6797 filename_to_ansi (path
, tmp_path_a
);
6799 /* If a file cannot be represented in ANSI codepage, don't
6800 let them inadvertently delete other files because some
6801 characters are interpreted as a wildcards. */
6802 if (_mbspbrk (tmp_path_a
, "?*"))
6803 result
= ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND
;
6806 _chmod (tmp_path_a
, 0666);
6808 memset (&file_op_a
, 0, sizeof (file_op_a
));
6809 file_op_a
.hwnd
= HWND_DESKTOP
;
6810 file_op_a
.wFunc
= FO_DELETE
;
6811 file_op_a
.pFrom
= tmp_path_a
;
6812 file_op_a
.fFlags
= FOF_SILENT
| FOF_NOCONFIRMATION
| FOF_ALLOWUNDO
6813 | FOF_NOERRORUI
| FOF_NO_CONNECTED_ELEMENTS
;
6814 file_op_a
.fAnyOperationsAborted
= FALSE
;
6816 result
= SHFileOperationA (&file_op_a
);
6820 report_file_error ("Removing old name", list1 (filename
));
6825 #endif /* WINDOWSNT */
6828 /***********************************************************************
6829 w32 specialized functions
6830 ***********************************************************************/
6832 DEFUN ("w32-send-sys-command", Fw32_send_sys_command
,
6833 Sw32_send_sys_command
, 1, 2, 0,
6834 doc
: /* Send frame a Windows WM_SYSCOMMAND message of type COMMAND.
6835 Some useful values for COMMAND are #xf030 to maximize frame (#xf020
6836 to minimize), #xf120 to restore frame to original size, and #xf100
6837 to activate the menubar for keyboard access. #xf140 activates the
6838 screen saver if defined.
6840 If optional parameter FRAME is not specified, use selected frame. */)
6841 (Lisp_Object command
, Lisp_Object frame
)
6843 struct frame
*f
= decode_window_system_frame (frame
);
6845 CHECK_NUMBER (command
);
6847 PostMessage (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
), WM_SYSCOMMAND
, XINT (command
), 0);
6852 DEFUN ("w32-shell-execute", Fw32_shell_execute
, Sw32_shell_execute
, 2, 4, 0,
6853 doc
: /* Get Windows to perform OPERATION on DOCUMENT.
6854 This is a wrapper around the ShellExecute system function, which
6855 invokes the application registered to handle OPERATION for DOCUMENT.
6857 OPERATION is either nil or a string that names a supported operation.
6858 What operations can be used depends on the particular DOCUMENT and its
6859 handler application, but typically it is one of the following common
6862 \"open\" - open DOCUMENT, which could be a file, a directory, or an
6863 executable program (application). If it is an application,
6864 that application is launched in the current buffer's default
6865 directory. Otherwise, the application associated with
6866 DOCUMENT is launched in the buffer's default directory.
6867 \"opennew\" - like \"open\", but instruct the application to open
6868 DOCUMENT in a new window.
6869 \"openas\" - open the \"Open With\" dialog for DOCUMENT.
6870 \"print\" - print DOCUMENT, which must be a file.
6871 \"printto\" - print DOCUMENT, which must be a file, to a specified printer.
6872 The printer should be provided in PARAMETERS, see below.
6873 \"explore\" - start the Windows Explorer on DOCUMENT.
6874 \"edit\" - launch an editor and open DOCUMENT for editing; which
6875 editor is launched depends on the association for the
6877 \"find\" - initiate search starting from DOCUMENT, which must specify
6879 \"delete\" - move DOCUMENT, a file or a directory, to Recycle Bin.
6880 \"copy\" - copy DOCUMENT, which must be a file or a directory, into
6882 \"cut\" - move DOCUMENT, a file or a directory, into the clipboard.
6883 \"paste\" - paste the file whose name is in the clipboard into DOCUMENT,
6884 which must be a directory.
6886 - create a shortcut in DOCUMENT (which must be a directory)
6887 the file or directory whose name is in the clipboard.
6888 \"runas\" - run DOCUMENT, which must be an excutable file, with
6889 elevated privileges (a.k.a. \"as Administrator\").
6891 - open the property sheet dialog for DOCUMENT.
6892 nil - invoke the default OPERATION, or \"open\" if default is
6893 not defined or unavailable.
6895 DOCUMENT is typically the name of a document file or a URL, but can
6896 also be an executable program to run, or a directory to open in the
6897 Windows Explorer. If it is a file or a directory, it must be a local
6898 one; this function does not support remote file names.
6900 If DOCUMENT is an executable program, the optional third arg PARAMETERS
6901 can be a string containing command line parameters, separated by blanks,
6902 that will be passed to the program. Some values of OPERATION also require
6903 parameters (e.g., \"printto\" requires the printer address). Otherwise,
6904 PARAMETERS should be nil or unspecified. Note that double quote characters
6905 in PARAMETERS must each be enclosed in 2 additional quotes, as in \"\"\".
6907 Optional fourth argument SHOW-FLAG can be used to control how the
6908 application will be displayed when it is invoked. If SHOW-FLAG is nil
6909 or unspecified, the application is displayed as if SHOW-FLAG of 10 was
6910 specified, otherwise it is an integer between 0 and 11 representing
6914 1 - start as normal-size window
6915 3 - start in a maximized window
6916 6 - start in a minimized window
6917 10 - start as the application itself specifies; this is the default. */)
6918 (Lisp_Object operation
, Lisp_Object document
, Lisp_Object parameters
, Lisp_Object show_flag
)
6921 Lisp_Object current_dir
= BVAR (current_buffer
, directory
);;
6922 wchar_t *doc_w
= NULL
, *params_w
= NULL
, *ops_w
= NULL
;
6926 int use_unicode
= w32_unicode_filenames
;
6927 char *doc_a
= NULL
, *params_a
= NULL
, *ops_a
= NULL
;
6928 Lisp_Object absdoc
, handler
;
6930 struct gcpro gcpro1
;
6933 CHECK_STRING (document
);
6936 current_dir
= Fcygwin_convert_file_name_to_windows (current_dir
, Qt
);
6937 document
= Fcygwin_convert_file_name_to_windows (document
, Qt
);
6939 /* Encode filename, current directory and parameters. */
6940 current_dir
= GUI_ENCODE_FILE (current_dir
);
6941 document
= GUI_ENCODE_FILE (document
);
6942 doc_w
= GUI_SDATA (document
);
6943 if (STRINGP (parameters
))
6945 parameters
= GUI_ENCODE_SYSTEM (parameters
);
6946 params_w
= GUI_SDATA (parameters
);
6948 if (STRINGP (operation
))
6950 operation
= GUI_ENCODE_SYSTEM (operation
);
6951 ops_w
= GUI_SDATA (operation
);
6953 result
= (intptr_t) ShellExecuteW (NULL
, ops_w
, doc_w
, params_w
,
6954 GUI_SDATA (current_dir
),
6955 (INTEGERP (show_flag
)
6956 ? XINT (show_flag
) : SW_SHOWDEFAULT
));
6963 case SE_ERR_ACCESSDENIED
:
6964 errstr
= w32_strerror (ERROR_ACCESS_DENIED
);
6966 case SE_ERR_ASSOCINCOMPLETE
:
6967 case SE_ERR_NOASSOC
:
6968 errstr
= w32_strerror (ERROR_NO_ASSOCIATION
);
6970 case SE_ERR_DDEBUSY
:
6971 case SE_ERR_DDEFAIL
:
6972 errstr
= w32_strerror (ERROR_DDE_FAIL
);
6974 case SE_ERR_DDETIMEOUT
:
6975 errstr
= w32_strerror (ERROR_TIMEOUT
);
6977 case SE_ERR_DLLNOTFOUND
:
6978 errstr
= w32_strerror (ERROR_DLL_NOT_FOUND
);
6981 errstr
= w32_strerror (ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND
);
6984 errstr
= w32_strerror (ERROR_NOT_ENOUGH_MEMORY
);
6987 errstr
= w32_strerror (ERROR_PATH_NOT_FOUND
);
6990 errstr
= w32_strerror (ERROR_SHARING_VIOLATION
);
6993 errstr
= w32_strerror (0);
6999 current_dir
= ENCODE_FILE (current_dir
);
7000 /* We have a situation here. If DOCUMENT is a relative file name,
7001 but its name includes leading directories, i.e. it lives not in
7002 CURRENT_DIR, but in its subdirectory, then ShellExecute below
7003 will fail to find it. So we need to make the file name is
7004 absolute. But DOCUMENT does not have to be a file, it can be a
7005 URL, for example. So we make it absolute only if it is an
7006 existing file; if it is a file that does not exist, tough. */
7008 absdoc
= Fexpand_file_name (document
, Qnil
);
7009 /* Don't call file handlers for file-exists-p, since they might
7010 attempt to access the file, which could fail or produce undesired
7011 consequences, see bug#16558 for an example. */
7012 handler
= Ffind_file_name_handler (absdoc
, Qfile_exists_p
);
7015 Lisp_Object absdoc_encoded
= ENCODE_FILE (absdoc
);
7017 if (faccessat (AT_FDCWD
, SSDATA (absdoc_encoded
), F_OK
, AT_EACCESS
) == 0)
7019 /* ShellExecute fails if DOCUMENT is a UNC with forward
7020 slashes (expand-file-name above converts all backslashes
7021 to forward slashes). Now that we know DOCUMENT is a
7022 file, we can mirror all forward slashes into backslashes. */
7023 unixtodos_filename (SSDATA (absdoc_encoded
));
7024 document
= absdoc_encoded
;
7027 document
= ENCODE_FILE (document
);
7030 document
= ENCODE_FILE (document
);
7034 wchar_t document_w
[MAX_PATH
], current_dir_w
[MAX_PATH
];
7035 SHELLEXECUTEINFOW shexinfo_w
;
7037 /* Encode filename, current directory and parameters, and
7038 convert operation to UTF-16. */
7039 filename_to_utf16 (SSDATA (current_dir
), current_dir_w
);
7040 filename_to_utf16 (SSDATA (document
), document_w
);
7042 if (STRINGP (parameters
))
7046 parameters
= ENCODE_SYSTEM (parameters
);
7047 len
= pMultiByteToWideChar (CP_ACP
, MB_ERR_INVALID_CHARS
,
7048 SSDATA (parameters
), -1, NULL
, 0);
7051 params_w
= alloca (len
* sizeof (wchar_t));
7052 pMultiByteToWideChar (CP_ACP
, MB_ERR_INVALID_CHARS
,
7053 SSDATA (parameters
), -1, params_w
, len
);
7055 if (STRINGP (operation
))
7057 /* Assume OPERATION is pure ASCII. */
7058 const char *s
= SSDATA (operation
);
7060 int len
= SBYTES (operation
) + 1;
7064 d
= ops_w
= alloca (len
* sizeof (wchar_t));
7065 while (d
< ops_w
+ len
- 1)
7070 /* Using ShellExecuteEx and setting the SEE_MASK_INVOKEIDLIST
7071 flag succeeds with more OPERATIONs (a.k.a. "verbs"), as it is
7072 able to invoke verbs from shortcut menu extensions, not just
7073 static verbs listed in the Registry. */
7074 memset (&shexinfo_w
, 0, sizeof (shexinfo_w
));
7075 shexinfo_w
.cbSize
= sizeof (shexinfo_w
);
7077 SEE_MASK_INVOKEIDLIST
| SEE_MASK_FLAG_DDEWAIT
| SEE_MASK_FLAG_NO_UI
;
7078 shexinfo_w
.hwnd
= NULL
;
7079 shexinfo_w
.lpVerb
= ops_w
;
7080 shexinfo_w
.lpFile
= doc_w
;
7081 shexinfo_w
.lpParameters
= params_w
;
7082 shexinfo_w
.lpDirectory
= current_dir_w
;
7084 (INTEGERP (show_flag
) ? XINT (show_flag
) : SW_SHOWDEFAULT
);
7085 success
= ShellExecuteExW (&shexinfo_w
);
7089 char document_a
[MAX_PATH
], current_dir_a
[MAX_PATH
];
7090 SHELLEXECUTEINFOA shexinfo_a
;
7092 filename_to_ansi (SSDATA (current_dir
), current_dir_a
);
7093 filename_to_ansi (SSDATA (document
), document_a
);
7095 if (STRINGP (parameters
))
7097 parameters
= ENCODE_SYSTEM (parameters
);
7098 params_a
= SSDATA (parameters
);
7100 if (STRINGP (operation
))
7102 /* Assume OPERATION is pure ASCII. */
7103 ops_a
= SSDATA (operation
);
7105 memset (&shexinfo_a
, 0, sizeof (shexinfo_a
));
7106 shexinfo_a
.cbSize
= sizeof (shexinfo_a
);
7108 SEE_MASK_INVOKEIDLIST
| SEE_MASK_FLAG_DDEWAIT
| SEE_MASK_FLAG_NO_UI
;
7109 shexinfo_a
.hwnd
= NULL
;
7110 shexinfo_a
.lpVerb
= ops_a
;
7111 shexinfo_a
.lpFile
= doc_a
;
7112 shexinfo_a
.lpParameters
= params_a
;
7113 shexinfo_a
.lpDirectory
= current_dir_a
;
7115 (INTEGERP (show_flag
) ? XINT (show_flag
) : SW_SHOWDEFAULT
);
7116 success
= ShellExecuteExA (&shexinfo_a
);
7122 errstr
= w32_strerror (0);
7124 #endif /* !CYGWIN */
7126 /* The error string might be encoded in the locale's encoding. */
7127 if (!NILP (Vlocale_coding_system
))
7129 Lisp_Object decoded
=
7130 code_convert_string_norecord (build_unibyte_string (errstr
),
7131 Vlocale_coding_system
, 0);
7132 errstr
= SSDATA (decoded
);
7134 error ("ShellExecute failed: %s", errstr
);
7137 /* Lookup virtual keycode from string representing the name of a
7138 non-ascii keystroke into the corresponding virtual key, using
7139 lispy_function_keys. */
7141 lookup_vk_code (char *key
)
7145 for (i
= 0; i
< 256; i
++)
7146 if (lispy_function_keys
[i
]
7147 && strcmp (lispy_function_keys
[i
], key
) == 0)
7153 /* Convert a one-element vector style key sequence to a hot key
7156 w32_parse_hot_key (Lisp_Object key
)
7158 /* Copied from Fdefine_key and store_in_keymap. */
7159 register Lisp_Object c
;
7163 struct gcpro gcpro1
;
7167 if (ASIZE (key
) != 1)
7174 if (CONSP (c
) && lucid_event_type_list_p (c
))
7175 c
= Fevent_convert_list (c
);
7179 if (! INTEGERP (c
) && ! SYMBOLP (c
))
7180 error ("Key definition is invalid");
7182 /* Work out the base key and the modifiers. */
7185 c
= parse_modifiers (c
);
7186 lisp_modifiers
= XINT (Fcar (Fcdr (c
)));
7190 vk_code
= lookup_vk_code (SDATA (SYMBOL_NAME (c
)));
7192 else if (INTEGERP (c
))
7194 lisp_modifiers
= XINT (c
) & ~CHARACTERBITS
;
7195 /* Many ascii characters are their own virtual key code. */
7196 vk_code
= XINT (c
) & CHARACTERBITS
;
7199 if (vk_code
< 0 || vk_code
> 255)
7202 if ((lisp_modifiers
& meta_modifier
) != 0
7203 && !NILP (Vw32_alt_is_meta
))
7204 lisp_modifiers
|= alt_modifier
;
7206 /* Supply defs missing from mingw32. */
7208 #define MOD_ALT 0x0001
7209 #define MOD_CONTROL 0x0002
7210 #define MOD_SHIFT 0x0004
7211 #define MOD_WIN 0x0008
7214 /* Convert lisp modifiers to Windows hot-key form. */
7215 w32_modifiers
= (lisp_modifiers
& hyper_modifier
) ? MOD_WIN
: 0;
7216 w32_modifiers
|= (lisp_modifiers
& alt_modifier
) ? MOD_ALT
: 0;
7217 w32_modifiers
|= (lisp_modifiers
& ctrl_modifier
) ? MOD_CONTROL
: 0;
7218 w32_modifiers
|= (lisp_modifiers
& shift_modifier
) ? MOD_SHIFT
: 0;
7220 return HOTKEY (vk_code
, w32_modifiers
);
7223 DEFUN ("w32-register-hot-key", Fw32_register_hot_key
,
7224 Sw32_register_hot_key
, 1, 1, 0,
7225 doc
: /* Register KEY as a hot-key combination.
7226 Certain key combinations like Alt-Tab are reserved for system use on
7227 Windows, and therefore are normally intercepted by the system. However,
7228 most of these key combinations can be received by registering them as
7229 hot-keys, overriding their special meaning.
7231 KEY must be a one element key definition in vector form that would be
7232 acceptable to `define-key' (e.g. [A-tab] for Alt-Tab). The meta
7233 modifier is interpreted as Alt if `w32-alt-is-meta' is t, and hyper
7234 is always interpreted as the Windows modifier keys.
7236 The return value is the hotkey-id if registered, otherwise nil. */)
7239 key
= w32_parse_hot_key (key
);
7241 if (!NILP (key
) && NILP (Fmemq (key
, w32_grabbed_keys
)))
7243 /* Reuse an empty slot if possible. */
7244 Lisp_Object item
= Fmemq (Qnil
, w32_grabbed_keys
);
7246 /* Safe to add new key to list, even if we have focus. */
7248 w32_grabbed_keys
= Fcons (key
, w32_grabbed_keys
);
7250 XSETCAR (item
, key
);
7252 /* Notify input thread about new hot-key definition, so that it
7253 takes effect without needing to switch focus. */
7254 PostThreadMessage (dwWindowsThreadId
, WM_EMACS_REGISTER_HOT_KEY
,
7255 (WPARAM
) XINT (key
), 0);
7261 DEFUN ("w32-unregister-hot-key", Fw32_unregister_hot_key
,
7262 Sw32_unregister_hot_key
, 1, 1, 0,
7263 doc
: /* Unregister KEY as a hot-key combination. */)
7268 if (!INTEGERP (key
))
7269 key
= w32_parse_hot_key (key
);
7271 item
= Fmemq (key
, w32_grabbed_keys
);
7277 eassert (CONSP (item
));
7278 /* Pass the tail of the list as a pointer to a Lisp_Cons cell,
7279 so that it works in a --with-wide-int build as well. */
7280 lparam
= (LPARAM
) XUNTAG (item
, Lisp_Cons
);
7282 /* Notify input thread about hot-key definition being removed, so
7283 that it takes effect without needing focus switch. */
7284 if (PostThreadMessage (dwWindowsThreadId
, WM_EMACS_UNREGISTER_HOT_KEY
,
7285 (WPARAM
) XINT (XCAR (item
)), lparam
))
7288 GetMessage (&msg
, NULL
, WM_EMACS_DONE
, WM_EMACS_DONE
);
7295 DEFUN ("w32-registered-hot-keys", Fw32_registered_hot_keys
,
7296 Sw32_registered_hot_keys
, 0, 0, 0,
7297 doc
: /* Return list of registered hot-key IDs. */)
7300 return Fdelq (Qnil
, Fcopy_sequence (w32_grabbed_keys
));
7303 DEFUN ("w32-reconstruct-hot-key", Fw32_reconstruct_hot_key
,
7304 Sw32_reconstruct_hot_key
, 1, 1, 0,
7305 doc
: /* Convert hot-key ID to a lisp key combination.
7306 usage: (w32-reconstruct-hot-key ID) */)
7307 (Lisp_Object hotkeyid
)
7309 int vk_code
, w32_modifiers
;
7312 CHECK_NUMBER (hotkeyid
);
7314 vk_code
= HOTKEY_VK_CODE (hotkeyid
);
7315 w32_modifiers
= HOTKEY_MODIFIERS (hotkeyid
);
7317 if (vk_code
< 256 && lispy_function_keys
[vk_code
])
7318 key
= intern (lispy_function_keys
[vk_code
]);
7320 key
= make_number (vk_code
);
7322 key
= Fcons (key
, Qnil
);
7323 if (w32_modifiers
& MOD_SHIFT
)
7324 key
= Fcons (Qshift
, key
);
7325 if (w32_modifiers
& MOD_CONTROL
)
7326 key
= Fcons (Qctrl
, key
);
7327 if (w32_modifiers
& MOD_ALT
)
7328 key
= Fcons (NILP (Vw32_alt_is_meta
) ? Qalt
: Qmeta
, key
);
7329 if (w32_modifiers
& MOD_WIN
)
7330 key
= Fcons (Qhyper
, key
);
7335 DEFUN ("w32-toggle-lock-key", Fw32_toggle_lock_key
,
7336 Sw32_toggle_lock_key
, 1, 2, 0,
7337 doc
: /* Toggle the state of the lock key KEY.
7338 KEY can be `capslock', `kp-numlock', or `scroll'.
7339 If the optional parameter NEW-STATE is a number, then the state of KEY
7340 is set to off if the low bit of NEW-STATE is zero, otherwise on.
7341 If NEW-STATE is omitted or nil, the function toggles the state,
7343 Value is the new state of the key, or nil if the function failed
7344 to change the state. */)
7345 (Lisp_Object key
, Lisp_Object new_state
)
7350 if (EQ (key
, intern ("capslock")))
7351 vk_code
= VK_CAPITAL
;
7352 else if (EQ (key
, intern ("kp-numlock")))
7353 vk_code
= VK_NUMLOCK
;
7354 else if (EQ (key
, intern ("scroll")))
7355 vk_code
= VK_SCROLL
;
7359 if (!dwWindowsThreadId
)
7360 return make_number (w32_console_toggle_lock_key (vk_code
, new_state
));
7362 if (NILP (new_state
))
7365 lparam
= (XUINT (new_state
)) & 1;
7366 if (PostThreadMessage (dwWindowsThreadId
, WM_EMACS_TOGGLE_LOCK_KEY
,
7367 (WPARAM
) vk_code
, lparam
))
7370 GetMessage (&msg
, NULL
, WM_EMACS_DONE
, WM_EMACS_DONE
);
7371 return make_number (msg
.wParam
);
7376 DEFUN ("w32-window-exists-p", Fw32_window_exists_p
, Sw32_window_exists_p
,
7378 doc
: /* Return non-nil if a window exists with the specified CLASS and NAME.
7380 This is a direct interface to the Windows API FindWindow function. */)
7381 (Lisp_Object
class, Lisp_Object name
)
7386 CHECK_STRING (class);
7388 CHECK_STRING (name
);
7390 hnd
= FindWindow (STRINGP (class) ? ((LPCTSTR
) SDATA (class)) : NULL
,
7391 STRINGP (name
) ? ((LPCTSTR
) SDATA (name
)) : NULL
);
7397 DEFUN ("w32-frame-menu-bar-size", Fw32_frame_menu_bar_size
, Sw32_frame_menu_bar_size
, 0, 1, 0,
7398 doc
: /* Return sizes of menu bar on frame FRAME.
7399 The return value is a list of four elements: The current width and
7400 height of FRAME's menu bar in pixels, the height of one menu bar line in
7401 a wrapped menu bar in pixels, and the height of a single line menu bar
7404 If FRAME is omitted or nil, the selected frame is used. */)
7407 struct frame
*f
= decode_any_frame (frame
);
7408 MENUBARINFO menu_bar
;
7409 int width
, height
, single_height
, wrapped_height
;
7413 single_height
= GetSystemMetrics (SM_CYMENU
);
7414 wrapped_height
= GetSystemMetrics (SM_CYMENUSIZE
);
7415 menu_bar
.cbSize
= sizeof (menu_bar
);
7416 menu_bar
.rcBar
.right
= menu_bar
.rcBar
.left
= 0;
7417 menu_bar
.rcBar
.top
= menu_bar
.rcBar
.bottom
= 0;
7418 GetMenuBarInfo (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
), 0xFFFFFFFD, 0, &menu_bar
);
7419 width
= menu_bar
.rcBar
.right
- menu_bar
.rcBar
.left
;
7420 height
= menu_bar
.rcBar
.bottom
- menu_bar
.rcBar
.top
;
7424 return list4 (make_number (width
), make_number (height
),
7425 make_number (wrapped_height
), make_number (single_height
));
7428 DEFUN ("w32-frame-rect", Fw32_frame_rect
, Sw32_frame_rect
, 0, 2, 0,
7429 doc
: /* Return boundary rectangle of FRAME in screen coordinates.
7430 FRAME must be a live frame and defaults to the selected one.
7432 The boundary rectangle is a list of four elements, specifying the left,
7433 top, right and bottom screen coordinates of FRAME including menu and
7434 title bar and decorations. Optional argument CLIENT non-nil means to
7435 return the boundaries of the client rectangle which excludes menu and
7436 title bar and decorations. */)
7437 (Lisp_Object frame
, Lisp_Object client
)
7439 struct frame
*f
= decode_live_frame (frame
);
7445 GetClientRect (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
), &rect
);
7447 GetWindowRect (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
), &rect
);
7451 return list4 (make_number (rect
.left
), make_number (rect
.top
),
7452 make_number (rect
.right
), make_number (rect
.bottom
));
7455 DEFUN ("x-frame-geometry", Fx_frame_geometry
, Sx_frame_geometry
, 0, 1, 0,
7456 doc
: /* Return geometric attributes of frame FRAME.
7457 FRAME must be a live frame and defaults to the selected one.
7459 The return value is an association list containing the following
7460 elements (all size values are in pixels).
7462 - `frame-outer-size' is a cons of the outer width and height of FRAME.
7463 The outer size includes the title bar and the external borders as well
7464 as any menu and/or tool bar of frame.
7466 - `border' is a cons of the horizontal and vertical width of FRAME's
7469 - `title-bar-height' is the height of the title bar of FRAME.
7471 - `menu-bar-external' if `t' means the menu bar is by default external
7472 (not included in the inner size of FRAME).
7474 - `menu-bar-size' is a cons of the width and height of the menu bar of
7477 - `tool-bar-external' if `t' means the tool bar is by default external
7478 (not included in the inner size of FRAME).
7480 - `tool-bar-side' tells tells on which side the tool bar on FRAME is by
7481 default and can be one of `left', `top', `right' or `bottom'.
7483 - `tool-bar-size' is a cons of the width and height of the tool bar of
7486 - `frame-inner-size' is a cons of the inner width and height of FRAME.
7487 This excludes FRAME's title bar and external border as well as any
7488 external menu and/or tool bar. */)
7491 struct frame
*f
= decode_live_frame (frame
);
7492 Lisp_Object geometry
= Qnil
;
7493 RECT frame_outer_edges
, frame_inner_edges
;
7494 MENUBARINFO menu_bar
;
7495 int border_width
, border_height
, title_height
;
7496 int single_bar_height
, wrapped_bar_height
, menu_bar_height
;
7497 Lisp_Object fullscreen
= Fframe_parameter (frame
, Qfullscreen
);
7501 /* Outer frame rectangle, including outer borders and title bar. */
7502 GetWindowRect (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
), &frame_outer_edges
);
7503 /* Inner frame rectangle, excluding borders and title bar. */
7504 GetClientRect (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
), &frame_inner_edges
);
7506 border_width
= GetSystemMetrics (SM_CXFRAME
);
7507 border_height
= GetSystemMetrics (SM_CYFRAME
);
7509 title_height
= GetSystemMetrics (SM_CYCAPTION
);
7511 menu_bar
.cbSize
= sizeof (menu_bar
);
7512 menu_bar
.rcBar
.right
= menu_bar
.rcBar
.left
= 0;
7513 menu_bar
.rcBar
.top
= menu_bar
.rcBar
.bottom
= 0;
7514 GetMenuBarInfo (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
), 0xFFFFFFFD, 0, &menu_bar
);
7515 single_bar_height
= GetSystemMetrics (SM_CYMENU
);
7516 wrapped_bar_height
= GetSystemMetrics (SM_CYMENUSIZE
);
7519 menu_bar_height
= menu_bar
.rcBar
.bottom
- menu_bar
.rcBar
.top
;
7520 /* Fix menu bar height reported by GetMenuBarInfo. */
7521 if (menu_bar_height
> single_bar_height
)
7522 /* A wrapped menu bar. */
7523 menu_bar_height
+= single_bar_height
- wrapped_bar_height
;
7524 else if (menu_bar_height
> 0)
7525 /* A single line menu bar. */
7526 menu_bar_height
= single_bar_height
;
7529 listn (CONSTYPE_PURE
, 10,
7530 Fcons (Qframe_position
,
7531 Fcons (make_number (frame_outer_edges
.left
),
7532 make_number (frame_outer_edges
.top
))),
7533 Fcons (Qframe_outer_size
,
7535 (frame_outer_edges
.right
- frame_outer_edges
.left
),
7537 (frame_outer_edges
.bottom
- frame_outer_edges
.top
))),
7538 Fcons (Qexternal_border_size
,
7539 ((EQ (fullscreen
, Qfullboth
) || EQ (fullscreen
, Qfullscreen
))
7540 ? Fcons (make_number (0), make_number (0))
7541 : Fcons (make_number (border_width
),
7542 make_number (border_height
)))),
7543 Fcons (Qtitle_height
,
7544 ((EQ (fullscreen
, Qfullboth
) || EQ (fullscreen
, Qfullscreen
))
7546 : make_number (title_height
))),
7547 Fcons (Qmenu_bar_external
, Qt
),
7548 Fcons (Qmenu_bar_size
,
7550 (menu_bar
.rcBar
.right
- menu_bar
.rcBar
.left
),
7551 make_number (menu_bar_height
))),
7552 Fcons (Qtool_bar_external
, Qnil
),
7553 Fcons (Qtool_bar_position
, Qtop
),
7554 Fcons (Qtool_bar_size
,
7555 Fcons (make_number (FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f
)
7556 ? (FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
7557 - 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
))
7559 make_number (FRAME_TOOL_BAR_HEIGHT (f
)))),
7560 Fcons (Qframe_inner_size
,
7562 (frame_inner_edges
.right
- frame_inner_edges
.left
),
7564 (frame_inner_edges
.bottom
- frame_inner_edges
.top
))));
7567 DEFUN ("w32-battery-status", Fw32_battery_status
, Sw32_battery_status
, 0, 0, 0,
7568 doc
: /* Get power status information from Windows system.
7570 The following %-sequences are provided:
7571 %L AC line status (verbose)
7572 %B Battery status (verbose)
7573 %b Battery status, empty means high, `-' means low,
7574 `!' means critical, and `+' means charging
7575 %p Battery load percentage
7576 %s Remaining time (to charge or discharge) in seconds
7577 %m Remaining time (to charge or discharge) in minutes
7578 %h Remaining time (to charge or discharge) in hours
7579 %t Remaining time (to charge or discharge) in the form `h:min' */)
7582 Lisp_Object status
= Qnil
;
7584 SYSTEM_POWER_STATUS system_status
;
7585 if (GetSystemPowerStatus (&system_status
))
7587 Lisp_Object line_status
, battery_status
, battery_status_symbol
;
7588 Lisp_Object load_percentage
, seconds
, minutes
, hours
, remain
;
7590 long seconds_left
= (long) system_status
.BatteryLifeTime
;
7592 if (system_status
.ACLineStatus
== 0)
7593 line_status
= build_string ("off-line");
7594 else if (system_status
.ACLineStatus
== 1)
7595 line_status
= build_string ("on-line");
7597 line_status
= build_string ("N/A");
7599 if (system_status
.BatteryFlag
& 128)
7601 battery_status
= build_string ("N/A");
7602 battery_status_symbol
= empty_unibyte_string
;
7604 else if (system_status
.BatteryFlag
& 8)
7606 battery_status
= build_string ("charging");
7607 battery_status_symbol
= build_string ("+");
7608 if (system_status
.BatteryFullLifeTime
!= -1L)
7609 seconds_left
= system_status
.BatteryFullLifeTime
- seconds_left
;
7611 else if (system_status
.BatteryFlag
& 4)
7613 battery_status
= build_string ("critical");
7614 battery_status_symbol
= build_string ("!");
7616 else if (system_status
.BatteryFlag
& 2)
7618 battery_status
= build_string ("low");
7619 battery_status_symbol
= build_string ("-");
7621 else if (system_status
.BatteryFlag
& 1)
7623 battery_status
= build_string ("high");
7624 battery_status_symbol
= empty_unibyte_string
;
7628 battery_status
= build_string ("medium");
7629 battery_status_symbol
= empty_unibyte_string
;
7632 if (system_status
.BatteryLifePercent
> 100)
7633 load_percentage
= build_string ("N/A");
7637 snprintf (buffer
, 16, "%d", system_status
.BatteryLifePercent
);
7638 load_percentage
= build_string (buffer
);
7641 if (seconds_left
< 0)
7642 seconds
= minutes
= hours
= remain
= build_string ("N/A");
7648 snprintf (buffer
, 16, "%ld", seconds_left
);
7649 seconds
= build_string (buffer
);
7651 m
= seconds_left
/ 60;
7652 snprintf (buffer
, 16, "%ld", m
);
7653 minutes
= build_string (buffer
);
7655 h
= seconds_left
/ 3600.0;
7656 snprintf (buffer
, 16, "%3.1f", h
);
7657 hours
= build_string (buffer
);
7659 snprintf (buffer
, 16, "%ld:%02ld", m
/ 60, m
% 60);
7660 remain
= build_string (buffer
);
7663 status
= listn (CONSTYPE_HEAP
, 8,
7664 Fcons (make_number ('L'), line_status
),
7665 Fcons (make_number ('B'), battery_status
),
7666 Fcons (make_number ('b'), battery_status_symbol
),
7667 Fcons (make_number ('p'), load_percentage
),
7668 Fcons (make_number ('s'), seconds
),
7669 Fcons (make_number ('m'), minutes
),
7670 Fcons (make_number ('h'), hours
),
7671 Fcons (make_number ('t'), remain
));
7678 DEFUN ("file-system-info", Ffile_system_info
, Sfile_system_info
, 1, 1, 0,
7679 doc
: /* Return storage information about the file system FILENAME is on.
7680 Value is a list of floats (TOTAL FREE AVAIL), where TOTAL is the total
7681 storage of the file system, FREE is the free storage, and AVAIL is the
7682 storage available to a non-superuser. All 3 numbers are in bytes.
7683 If the underlying system call fails, value is nil. */)
7684 (Lisp_Object filename
)
7686 Lisp_Object encoded
, value
;
7688 CHECK_STRING (filename
);
7689 filename
= Fexpand_file_name (filename
, Qnil
);
7690 encoded
= ENCODE_FILE (filename
);
7694 /* Determining the required information on Windows turns out, sadly,
7695 to be more involved than one would hope. The original Windows API
7696 call for this will return bogus information on some systems, but we
7697 must dynamically probe for the replacement api, since that was
7698 added rather late on. */
7700 HMODULE hKernel
= GetModuleHandle ("kernel32");
7701 BOOL (WINAPI
*pfn_GetDiskFreeSpaceExW
)
7702 (wchar_t *, PULARGE_INTEGER
, PULARGE_INTEGER
, PULARGE_INTEGER
)
7703 = GetProcAddress (hKernel
, "GetDiskFreeSpaceExW");
7704 BOOL (WINAPI
*pfn_GetDiskFreeSpaceExA
)
7705 (char *, PULARGE_INTEGER
, PULARGE_INTEGER
, PULARGE_INTEGER
)
7706 = GetProcAddress (hKernel
, "GetDiskFreeSpaceExA");
7707 bool have_pfn_GetDiskFreeSpaceEx
=
7708 ((w32_unicode_filenames
&& pfn_GetDiskFreeSpaceExW
)
7709 || (!w32_unicode_filenames
&& pfn_GetDiskFreeSpaceExA
));
7711 /* On Windows, we may need to specify the root directory of the
7712 volume holding FILENAME. */
7713 char rootname
[MAX_UTF8_PATH
];
7714 wchar_t rootname_w
[MAX_PATH
];
7715 char rootname_a
[MAX_PATH
];
7716 char *name
= SDATA (encoded
);
7719 /* find the root name of the volume if given */
7720 if (isalpha (name
[0]) && name
[1] == ':')
7722 rootname
[0] = name
[0];
7723 rootname
[1] = name
[1];
7727 else if (IS_DIRECTORY_SEP (name
[0]) && IS_DIRECTORY_SEP (name
[1]))
7729 char *str
= rootname
;
7733 if (IS_DIRECTORY_SEP (*name
) && --slashes
== 0)
7743 if (w32_unicode_filenames
)
7744 filename_to_utf16 (rootname
, rootname_w
);
7746 filename_to_ansi (rootname
, rootname_a
);
7748 if (have_pfn_GetDiskFreeSpaceEx
)
7750 /* Unsigned large integers cannot be cast to double, so
7751 use signed ones instead. */
7752 LARGE_INTEGER availbytes
;
7753 LARGE_INTEGER freebytes
;
7754 LARGE_INTEGER totalbytes
;
7756 if (w32_unicode_filenames
)
7757 result
= pfn_GetDiskFreeSpaceExW (rootname_w
,
7758 (ULARGE_INTEGER
*)&availbytes
,
7759 (ULARGE_INTEGER
*)&totalbytes
,
7760 (ULARGE_INTEGER
*)&freebytes
);
7762 result
= pfn_GetDiskFreeSpaceExA (rootname_a
,
7763 (ULARGE_INTEGER
*)&availbytes
,
7764 (ULARGE_INTEGER
*)&totalbytes
,
7765 (ULARGE_INTEGER
*)&freebytes
);
7767 value
= list3 (make_float ((double) totalbytes
.QuadPart
),
7768 make_float ((double) freebytes
.QuadPart
),
7769 make_float ((double) availbytes
.QuadPart
));
7773 DWORD sectors_per_cluster
;
7774 DWORD bytes_per_sector
;
7775 DWORD free_clusters
;
7776 DWORD total_clusters
;
7778 if (w32_unicode_filenames
)
7779 result
= GetDiskFreeSpaceW (rootname_w
,
7780 §ors_per_cluster
,
7785 result
= GetDiskFreeSpaceA (rootname_a
,
7786 §ors_per_cluster
,
7791 value
= list3 (make_float ((double) total_clusters
7792 * sectors_per_cluster
* bytes_per_sector
),
7793 make_float ((double) free_clusters
7794 * sectors_per_cluster
* bytes_per_sector
),
7795 make_float ((double) free_clusters
7796 * sectors_per_cluster
* bytes_per_sector
));
7802 #endif /* WINDOWSNT */
7806 DEFUN ("default-printer-name", Fdefault_printer_name
, Sdefault_printer_name
,
7807 0, 0, 0, doc
: /* Return the name of Windows default printer device. */)
7810 static char pname_buf
[256];
7813 PRINTER_INFO_2W
*ppi2w
= NULL
;
7814 PRINTER_INFO_2A
*ppi2a
= NULL
;
7815 DWORD dwNeeded
= 0, dwReturned
= 0;
7816 char server_name
[MAX_UTF8_PATH
], share_name
[MAX_UTF8_PATH
];
7817 char port_name
[MAX_UTF8_PATH
];
7819 /* Retrieve the default string from Win.ini (the registry).
7820 * String will be in form "printername,drivername,portname".
7821 * This is the most portable way to get the default printer. */
7822 if (GetProfileString ("windows", "device", ",,", pname_buf
, sizeof (pname_buf
)) <= 0)
7824 /* printername precedes first "," character */
7825 strtok (pname_buf
, ",");
7826 /* We want to know more than the printer name */
7827 if (!OpenPrinter (pname_buf
, &hPrn
, NULL
))
7829 /* GetPrinterW is not supported by unicows.dll. */
7830 if (w32_unicode_filenames
&& os_subtype
!= OS_9X
)
7831 GetPrinterW (hPrn
, 2, NULL
, 0, &dwNeeded
);
7833 GetPrinterA (hPrn
, 2, NULL
, 0, &dwNeeded
);
7836 ClosePrinter (hPrn
);
7839 /* Call GetPrinter again with big enough memory block. */
7840 if (w32_unicode_filenames
&& os_subtype
!= OS_9X
)
7842 /* Allocate memory for the PRINTER_INFO_2 struct. */
7843 ppi2w
= xmalloc (dwNeeded
);
7844 err
= GetPrinterW (hPrn
, 2, (LPBYTE
)ppi2w
, dwNeeded
, &dwReturned
);
7845 ClosePrinter (hPrn
);
7852 if ((ppi2w
->Attributes
& PRINTER_ATTRIBUTE_SHARED
)
7853 && ppi2w
->pServerName
)
7855 filename_from_utf16 (ppi2w
->pServerName
, server_name
);
7856 filename_from_utf16 (ppi2w
->pShareName
, share_name
);
7860 server_name
[0] = '\0';
7861 filename_from_utf16 (ppi2w
->pPortName
, port_name
);
7866 ppi2a
= xmalloc (dwNeeded
);
7867 err
= GetPrinterA (hPrn
, 2, (LPBYTE
)ppi2a
, dwNeeded
, &dwReturned
);
7868 ClosePrinter (hPrn
);
7875 if ((ppi2a
->Attributes
& PRINTER_ATTRIBUTE_SHARED
)
7876 && ppi2a
->pServerName
)
7878 filename_from_ansi (ppi2a
->pServerName
, server_name
);
7879 filename_from_ansi (ppi2a
->pShareName
, share_name
);
7883 server_name
[0] = '\0';
7884 filename_from_ansi (ppi2a
->pPortName
, port_name
);
7890 /* a remote printer */
7891 if (server_name
[0] == '\\')
7892 snprintf (pname_buf
, sizeof (pname_buf
), "%s\\%s", server_name
,
7895 snprintf (pname_buf
, sizeof (pname_buf
), "\\\\%s\\%s", server_name
,
7897 pname_buf
[sizeof (pname_buf
) - 1] = '\0';
7901 /* a local printer */
7902 strncpy (pname_buf
, port_name
, sizeof (pname_buf
));
7903 pname_buf
[sizeof (pname_buf
) - 1] = '\0';
7904 /* `pPortName' can include several ports, delimited by ','.
7905 * we only use the first one. */
7906 strtok (pname_buf
, ",");
7909 return DECODE_FILE (build_unibyte_string (pname_buf
));
7911 #endif /* WINDOWSNT */
7914 /* Equivalent of strerror for W32 error codes. */
7916 w32_strerror (int error_no
)
7918 static char buf
[500];
7922 error_no
= GetLastError ();
7924 ret
= FormatMessage (FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM
|
7925 FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS
,
7928 0, /* choose most suitable language */
7929 buf
, sizeof (buf
), NULL
);
7931 while (ret
> 0 && (buf
[ret
- 1] == '\n' ||
7932 buf
[ret
- 1] == '\r' ))
7936 sprintf (buf
, "w32 error %u", error_no
);
7941 /* For convenience when debugging. (You cannot call GetLastError
7942 directly from GDB: it will crash, because it uses the __stdcall
7943 calling convention, not the _cdecl convention assumed by GDB.) */
7945 w32_last_error (void)
7947 return GetLastError ();
7950 /* Cache information describing the NT system for later use. */
7952 cache_system_info (void)
7965 /* Cache the module handle of Emacs itself. */
7966 hinst
= GetModuleHandle (NULL
);
7968 /* Cache the version of the operating system. */
7969 version
.data
= GetVersion ();
7970 w32_major_version
= version
.info
.major
;
7971 w32_minor_version
= version
.info
.minor
;
7973 if (version
.info
.platform
& 0x8000)
7978 /* Cache page size, allocation unit, processor type, etc. */
7979 GetSystemInfo (&sysinfo_cache
);
7980 syspage_mask
= (DWORD_PTR
)sysinfo_cache
.dwPageSize
- 1;
7982 /* Cache os info. */
7983 osinfo_cache
.dwOSVersionInfoSize
= sizeof (OSVERSIONINFO
);
7984 GetVersionEx (&osinfo_cache
);
7986 w32_build_number
= osinfo_cache
.dwBuildNumber
;
7987 if (os_subtype
== OS_9X
)
7988 w32_build_number
&= 0xffff;
7990 w32_num_mouse_buttons
= GetSystemMetrics (SM_CMOUSEBUTTONS
);
7995 _DebPrint (const char *fmt
, ...)
8000 va_start (args
, fmt
);
8001 vsprintf (buf
, fmt
, args
);
8004 fprintf (stderr
, "%s", buf
);
8006 OutputDebugString (buf
);
8011 w32_console_toggle_lock_key (int vk_code
, Lisp_Object new_state
)
8013 int cur_state
= (GetKeyState (vk_code
) & 1);
8015 if (NILP (new_state
)
8016 || (NUMBERP (new_state
)
8017 && ((XUINT (new_state
)) & 1) != cur_state
))
8020 faked_key
= vk_code
;
8021 #endif /* WINDOWSNT */
8023 keybd_event ((BYTE
) vk_code
,
8024 (BYTE
) MapVirtualKey (vk_code
, 0),
8025 KEYEVENTF_EXTENDEDKEY
| KEYEVENTF_KEYUP
, 0);
8026 keybd_event ((BYTE
) vk_code
,
8027 (BYTE
) MapVirtualKey (vk_code
, 0),
8028 KEYEVENTF_EXTENDEDKEY
| 0, 0);
8029 keybd_event ((BYTE
) vk_code
,
8030 (BYTE
) MapVirtualKey (vk_code
, 0),
8031 KEYEVENTF_EXTENDEDKEY
| KEYEVENTF_KEYUP
, 0);
8032 cur_state
= !cur_state
;
8038 /* Translate console modifiers to emacs modifiers.
8039 German keyboard support (Kai Morgan Zeise 2/18/95). */
8041 w32_kbd_mods_to_emacs (DWORD mods
, WORD key
)
8045 /* If we recognize right-alt and left-ctrl as AltGr, and it has been
8046 pressed, first remove those modifiers. */
8047 if (!NILP (Vw32_recognize_altgr
)
8048 && (mods
& (RIGHT_ALT_PRESSED
| LEFT_CTRL_PRESSED
))
8049 == (RIGHT_ALT_PRESSED
| LEFT_CTRL_PRESSED
))
8050 mods
&= ~ (RIGHT_ALT_PRESSED
| LEFT_CTRL_PRESSED
);
8052 if (mods
& (RIGHT_ALT_PRESSED
| LEFT_ALT_PRESSED
))
8053 retval
= ((NILP (Vw32_alt_is_meta
)) ? alt_modifier
: meta_modifier
);
8055 if (mods
& (RIGHT_CTRL_PRESSED
| LEFT_CTRL_PRESSED
))
8057 retval
|= ctrl_modifier
;
8058 if ((mods
& (RIGHT_CTRL_PRESSED
| LEFT_CTRL_PRESSED
))
8059 == (RIGHT_CTRL_PRESSED
| LEFT_CTRL_PRESSED
))
8060 retval
|= meta_modifier
;
8063 if (mods
& LEFT_WIN_PRESSED
)
8064 retval
|= w32_key_to_modifier (VK_LWIN
);
8065 if (mods
& RIGHT_WIN_PRESSED
)
8066 retval
|= w32_key_to_modifier (VK_RWIN
);
8067 if (mods
& APPS_PRESSED
)
8068 retval
|= w32_key_to_modifier (VK_APPS
);
8069 if (mods
& SCROLLLOCK_ON
)
8070 retval
|= w32_key_to_modifier (VK_SCROLL
);
8072 /* Just in case someone wanted the original behavior, make it
8073 optional by setting w32-capslock-is-shiftlock to t. */
8074 if (NILP (Vw32_capslock_is_shiftlock
)
8075 /* Keys that should _not_ be affected by CapsLock. */
8076 && ( (key
== VK_BACK
)
8078 || (key
== VK_CLEAR
)
8079 || (key
== VK_RETURN
)
8080 || (key
== VK_ESCAPE
)
8081 || ((key
>= VK_SPACE
) && (key
<= VK_HELP
))
8082 || ((key
>= VK_NUMPAD0
) && (key
<= VK_F24
))
8083 || ((key
>= VK_NUMPAD_CLEAR
) && (key
<= VK_NUMPAD_DELETE
))
8086 /* Only consider shift state. */
8087 if ((mods
& SHIFT_PRESSED
) != 0)
8088 retval
|= shift_modifier
;
8092 /* Ignore CapsLock state if not enabled. */
8093 if (NILP (Vw32_enable_caps_lock
))
8094 mods
&= ~CAPSLOCK_ON
;
8095 if ((mods
& (SHIFT_PRESSED
| CAPSLOCK_ON
)) != 0)
8096 retval
|= shift_modifier
;
8102 /* The return code indicates key code size. cpID is the codepage to
8103 use for translation to Unicode; -1 means use the current console
8106 w32_kbd_patch_key (KEY_EVENT_RECORD
*event
, int cpId
)
8108 unsigned int key_code
= event
->wVirtualKeyCode
;
8109 unsigned int mods
= event
->dwControlKeyState
;
8111 static BYTE ansi_code
[4];
8112 static int isdead
= 0;
8116 event
->uChar
.AsciiChar
= ansi_code
[2];
8120 if (event
->uChar
.AsciiChar
!= 0)
8123 memset (keystate
, 0, sizeof (keystate
));
8124 keystate
[key_code
] = 0x80;
8125 if (mods
& SHIFT_PRESSED
)
8126 keystate
[VK_SHIFT
] = 0x80;
8127 if (mods
& CAPSLOCK_ON
)
8128 keystate
[VK_CAPITAL
] = 1;
8129 /* If we recognize right-alt and left-ctrl as AltGr, set the key
8130 states accordingly before invoking ToAscii. */
8131 if (!NILP (Vw32_recognize_altgr
)
8132 && (mods
& LEFT_CTRL_PRESSED
) && (mods
& RIGHT_ALT_PRESSED
))
8134 keystate
[VK_CONTROL
] = 0x80;
8135 keystate
[VK_LCONTROL
] = 0x80;
8136 keystate
[VK_MENU
] = 0x80;
8137 keystate
[VK_RMENU
] = 0x80;
8141 /* Because of an OS bug, ToAscii corrupts the stack when called to
8142 convert a dead key in console mode on NT4. Unfortunately, trying
8143 to check for dead keys using MapVirtualKey doesn't work either -
8144 these functions apparently use internal information about keyboard
8145 layout which doesn't get properly updated in console programs when
8146 changing layout (though apparently it gets partly updated,
8147 otherwise ToAscii wouldn't crash). */
8148 if (is_dead_key (event
->wVirtualKeyCode
))
8152 /* On NT, call ToUnicode instead and then convert to the current
8153 console input codepage. */
8154 if (os_subtype
== OS_NT
)
8158 isdead
= ToUnicode (event
->wVirtualKeyCode
, event
->wVirtualScanCode
,
8159 keystate
, buf
, 128, 0);
8162 /* When we are called from the GUI message processing code,
8163 we are passed the current keyboard codepage, a positive
8164 number, to use below. */
8166 cpId
= GetConsoleCP ();
8168 event
->uChar
.UnicodeChar
= buf
[isdead
- 1];
8169 isdead
= WideCharToMultiByte (cpId
, 0, buf
, isdead
,
8170 ansi_code
, 4, NULL
, NULL
);
8177 isdead
= ToAscii (event
->wVirtualKeyCode
, event
->wVirtualScanCode
,
8178 keystate
, (LPWORD
) ansi_code
, 0);
8183 event
->uChar
.AsciiChar
= ansi_code
[0];
8189 w32_sys_ring_bell (struct frame
*f
)
8191 if (sound_type
== 0xFFFFFFFF)
8195 else if (sound_type
== MB_EMACS_SILENT
)
8200 MessageBeep (sound_type
);
8204 /***********************************************************************
8206 ***********************************************************************/
8208 /* Keep this list in the same order as frame_parms in frame.c.
8209 Use 0 for unsupported frame parameters. */
8211 frame_parm_handler w32_frame_parm_handlers
[] =
8215 x_set_background_color
,
8221 x_set_foreground_color
,
8224 x_set_internal_border_width
,
8225 x_set_right_divider_width
,
8226 x_set_bottom_divider_width
,
8227 x_set_menu_bar_lines
,
8229 x_explicitly_set_name
,
8230 x_set_scroll_bar_width
,
8231 x_set_scroll_bar_height
,
8234 x_set_vertical_scroll_bars
,
8235 x_set_horizontal_scroll_bars
,
8237 x_set_tool_bar_lines
,
8238 0, /* x_set_scroll_bar_foreground, */
8239 0, /* x_set_scroll_bar_background, */
8244 0, /* x_set_wait_for_wm, */
8248 0, /* x_set_sticky */
8249 0, /* x_set_tool_bar_position */
8253 syms_of_w32fns (void)
8255 globals_of_w32fns ();
8256 track_mouse_window
= NULL
;
8258 w32_visible_system_caret_hwnd
= NULL
;
8260 DEFSYM (Qundefined_color
, "undefined-color");
8261 DEFSYM (Qcancel_timer
, "cancel-timer");
8262 DEFSYM (Qhyper
, "hyper");
8263 DEFSYM (Qsuper
, "super");
8264 DEFSYM (Qmeta
, "meta");
8265 DEFSYM (Qalt
, "alt");
8266 DEFSYM (Qctrl
, "ctrl");
8267 DEFSYM (Qcontrol
, "control");
8268 DEFSYM (Qshift
, "shift");
8269 DEFSYM (Qfont_param
, "font-parameter");
8270 DEFSYM (Qgeometry
, "geometry");
8271 DEFSYM (Qworkarea
, "workarea");
8272 DEFSYM (Qmm_size
, "mm-size");
8273 DEFSYM (Qframes
, "frames");
8275 Fput (Qundefined_color
, Qerror_conditions
,
8276 listn (CONSTYPE_PURE
, 2, Qundefined_color
, Qerror
));
8277 Fput (Qundefined_color
, Qerror_message
,
8278 build_pure_c_string ("Undefined color"));
8280 staticpro (&w32_grabbed_keys
);
8281 w32_grabbed_keys
= Qnil
;
8283 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-color-map", Vw32_color_map
,
8284 doc
: /* An array of color name mappings for Windows. */);
8285 Vw32_color_map
= Qnil
;
8287 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-pass-alt-to-system", Vw32_pass_alt_to_system
,
8288 doc
: /* Non-nil if Alt key presses are passed on to Windows.
8289 When non-nil, for example, Alt pressed and released and then space will
8290 open the System menu. When nil, Emacs processes the Alt key events, and
8291 then silently swallows them. */);
8292 Vw32_pass_alt_to_system
= Qnil
;
8294 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-alt-is-meta", Vw32_alt_is_meta
,
8295 doc
: /* Non-nil if the Alt key is to be considered the same as the META key.
8296 When nil, Emacs will translate the Alt key to the ALT modifier, not to META. */);
8297 Vw32_alt_is_meta
= Qt
;
8299 DEFVAR_INT ("w32-quit-key", w32_quit_key
,
8300 doc
: /* If non-zero, the virtual key code for an alternative quit key. */);
8303 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-pass-lwindow-to-system",
8304 Vw32_pass_lwindow_to_system
,
8305 doc
: /* If non-nil, the left \"Windows\" key is passed on to Windows.
8307 When non-nil, the Start menu is opened by tapping the key.
8308 If you set this to nil, the left \"Windows\" key is processed by Emacs
8309 according to the value of `w32-lwindow-modifier', which see.
8311 Note that some combinations of the left \"Windows\" key with other keys are
8312 caught by Windows at low level, and so binding them in Emacs will have no
8313 effect. For example, <lwindow>-r always pops up the Windows Run dialog,
8314 <lwindow>-<Pause> pops up the "System Properties" dialog, etc. However, see
8315 the doc string of `w32-phantom-key-code'. */);
8316 Vw32_pass_lwindow_to_system
= Qt
;
8318 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-pass-rwindow-to-system",
8319 Vw32_pass_rwindow_to_system
,
8320 doc
: /* If non-nil, the right \"Windows\" key is passed on to Windows.
8322 When non-nil, the Start menu is opened by tapping the key.
8323 If you set this to nil, the right \"Windows\" key is processed by Emacs
8324 according to the value of `w32-rwindow-modifier', which see.
8326 Note that some combinations of the right \"Windows\" key with other keys are
8327 caught by Windows at low level, and so binding them in Emacs will have no
8328 effect. For example, <rwindow>-r always pops up the Windows Run dialog,
8329 <rwindow>-<Pause> pops up the "System Properties" dialog, etc. However, see
8330 the doc string of `w32-phantom-key-code'. */);
8331 Vw32_pass_rwindow_to_system
= Qt
;
8333 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-phantom-key-code",
8334 Vw32_phantom_key_code
,
8335 doc
: /* Virtual key code used to generate \"phantom\" key presses.
8336 Value is a number between 0 and 255.
8338 Phantom key presses are generated in order to stop the system from
8339 acting on \"Windows\" key events when `w32-pass-lwindow-to-system' or
8340 `w32-pass-rwindow-to-system' is nil. */);
8341 /* Although 255 is technically not a valid key code, it works and
8342 means that this hack won't interfere with any real key code. */
8343 XSETINT (Vw32_phantom_key_code
, 255);
8345 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-enable-num-lock",
8346 Vw32_enable_num_lock
,
8347 doc
: /* If non-nil, the Num Lock key acts normally.
8348 Set to nil to handle Num Lock as the `kp-numlock' key. */);
8349 Vw32_enable_num_lock
= Qt
;
8351 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-enable-caps-lock",
8352 Vw32_enable_caps_lock
,
8353 doc
: /* If non-nil, the Caps Lock key acts normally.
8354 Set to nil to handle Caps Lock as the `capslock' key. */);
8355 Vw32_enable_caps_lock
= Qt
;
8357 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-scroll-lock-modifier",
8358 Vw32_scroll_lock_modifier
,
8359 doc
: /* Modifier to use for the Scroll Lock ON state.
8360 The value can be hyper, super, meta, alt, control or shift for the
8361 respective modifier, or nil to handle Scroll Lock as the `scroll' key.
8362 Any other value will cause the Scroll Lock key to be ignored. */);
8363 Vw32_scroll_lock_modifier
= Qnil
;
8365 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-lwindow-modifier",
8366 Vw32_lwindow_modifier
,
8367 doc
: /* Modifier to use for the left \"Windows\" key.
8368 The value can be hyper, super, meta, alt, control or shift for the
8369 respective modifier, or nil to appear as the `lwindow' key.
8370 Any other value will cause the key to be ignored. */);
8371 Vw32_lwindow_modifier
= Qnil
;
8373 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-rwindow-modifier",
8374 Vw32_rwindow_modifier
,
8375 doc
: /* Modifier to use for the right \"Windows\" key.
8376 The value can be hyper, super, meta, alt, control or shift for the
8377 respective modifier, or nil to appear as the `rwindow' key.
8378 Any other value will cause the key to be ignored. */);
8379 Vw32_rwindow_modifier
= Qnil
;
8381 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-apps-modifier",
8383 doc
: /* Modifier to use for the \"Apps\" key.
8384 The value can be hyper, super, meta, alt, control or shift for the
8385 respective modifier, or nil to appear as the `apps' key.
8386 Any other value will cause the key to be ignored. */);
8387 Vw32_apps_modifier
= Qnil
;
8389 DEFVAR_BOOL ("w32-enable-synthesized-fonts", w32_enable_synthesized_fonts
,
8390 doc
: /* Non-nil enables selection of artificially italicized and bold fonts. */);
8391 w32_enable_synthesized_fonts
= 0;
8393 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-enable-palette", Vw32_enable_palette
,
8394 doc
: /* Non-nil enables Windows palette management to map colors exactly. */);
8395 Vw32_enable_palette
= Qt
;
8397 DEFVAR_INT ("w32-mouse-button-tolerance",
8398 w32_mouse_button_tolerance
,
8399 doc
: /* Analogue of double click interval for faking middle mouse events.
8400 The value is the minimum time in milliseconds that must elapse between
8401 left and right button down events before they are considered distinct events.
8402 If both mouse buttons are depressed within this interval, a middle mouse
8403 button down event is generated instead. */);
8404 w32_mouse_button_tolerance
= GetDoubleClickTime () / 2;
8406 DEFVAR_INT ("w32-mouse-move-interval",
8407 w32_mouse_move_interval
,
8408 doc
: /* Minimum interval between mouse move events.
8409 The value is the minimum time in milliseconds that must elapse between
8410 successive mouse move (or scroll bar drag) events before they are
8411 reported as lisp events. */);
8412 w32_mouse_move_interval
= 0;
8414 DEFVAR_BOOL ("w32-pass-extra-mouse-buttons-to-system",
8415 w32_pass_extra_mouse_buttons_to_system
,
8416 doc
: /* If non-nil, the fourth and fifth mouse buttons are passed to Windows.
8417 Recent versions of Windows support mice with up to five buttons.
8418 Since most applications don't support these extra buttons, most mouse
8419 drivers will allow you to map them to functions at the system level.
8420 If this variable is non-nil, Emacs will pass them on, allowing the
8421 system to handle them. */);
8422 w32_pass_extra_mouse_buttons_to_system
= 0;
8424 DEFVAR_BOOL ("w32-pass-multimedia-buttons-to-system",
8425 w32_pass_multimedia_buttons_to_system
,
8426 doc
: /* If non-nil, media buttons are passed to Windows.
8427 Some modern keyboards contain buttons for controlling media players, web
8428 browsers and other applications. Generally these buttons are handled on a
8429 system wide basis, but by setting this to nil they are made available
8430 to Emacs for binding. Depending on your keyboard, additional keys that
8431 may be available are:
8433 browser-back, browser-forward, browser-refresh, browser-stop,
8434 browser-search, browser-favorites, browser-home,
8435 mail, mail-reply, mail-forward, mail-send,
8437 help, find, new, open, close, save, print, undo, redo, copy, cut, paste,
8438 spell-check, correction-list, toggle-dictate-command,
8439 media-next, media-previous, media-stop, media-play-pause, media-select,
8440 media-play, media-pause, media-record, media-fast-forward, media-rewind,
8441 media-channel-up, media-channel-down,
8442 volume-mute, volume-up, volume-down,
8443 mic-volume-mute, mic-volume-down, mic-volume-up, mic-toggle,
8444 bass-down, bass-boost, bass-up, treble-down, treble-up */);
8445 w32_pass_multimedia_buttons_to_system
= 1;
8447 #if 0 /* TODO: Mouse cursor customization. */
8448 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-pointer-shape", Vx_pointer_shape
,
8449 doc
: /* The shape of the pointer when over text.
8450 Changing the value does not affect existing frames
8451 unless you set the mouse color. */);
8452 Vx_pointer_shape
= Qnil
;
8454 Vx_nontext_pointer_shape
= Qnil
;
8456 Vx_mode_pointer_shape
= Qnil
;
8458 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-hourglass-pointer-shape", Vx_hourglass_pointer_shape
,
8459 doc
: /* The shape of the pointer when Emacs is busy.
8460 This variable takes effect when you create a new frame
8461 or when you set the mouse color. */);
8462 Vx_hourglass_pointer_shape
= Qnil
;
8464 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-sensitive-text-pointer-shape",
8465 Vx_sensitive_text_pointer_shape
,
8466 doc
: /* The shape of the pointer when over mouse-sensitive text.
8467 This variable takes effect when you create a new frame
8468 or when you set the mouse color. */);
8469 Vx_sensitive_text_pointer_shape
= Qnil
;
8471 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-window-horizontal-drag-cursor",
8472 Vx_window_horizontal_drag_shape
,
8473 doc
: /* Pointer shape to use for indicating a window can be dragged horizontally.
8474 This variable takes effect when you create a new frame
8475 or when you set the mouse color. */);
8476 Vx_window_horizontal_drag_shape
= Qnil
;
8478 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-window-vertical-drag-cursor",
8479 Vx_window_vertical_drag_shape
,
8480 doc
: /* Pointer shape to use for indicating a window can be dragged vertically.
8481 This variable takes effect when you create a new frame
8482 or when you set the mouse color. */);
8483 Vx_window_vertical_drag_shape
= Qnil
;
8486 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-cursor-fore-pixel", Vx_cursor_fore_pixel
,
8487 doc
: /* A string indicating the foreground color of the cursor box. */);
8488 Vx_cursor_fore_pixel
= Qnil
;
8490 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-max-tooltip-size", Vx_max_tooltip_size
,
8491 doc
: /* Maximum size for tooltips.
8492 Value is a pair (COLUMNS . ROWS). Text larger than this is clipped. */);
8493 Vx_max_tooltip_size
= Fcons (make_number (80), make_number (40));
8495 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-no-window-manager", Vx_no_window_manager
,
8496 doc
: /* Non-nil if no window manager is in use.
8497 Emacs doesn't try to figure this out; this is always nil
8498 unless you set it to something else. */);
8499 /* We don't have any way to find this out, so set it to nil
8500 and maybe the user would like to set it to t. */
8501 Vx_no_window_manager
= Qnil
;
8503 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-pixel-size-width-font-regexp",
8504 Vx_pixel_size_width_font_regexp
,
8505 doc
: /* Regexp matching a font name whose width is the same as `PIXEL_SIZE'.
8507 Since Emacs gets width of a font matching with this regexp from
8508 PIXEL_SIZE field of the name, font finding mechanism gets faster for
8509 such a font. This is especially effective for such large fonts as
8510 Chinese, Japanese, and Korean. */);
8511 Vx_pixel_size_width_font_regexp
= Qnil
;
8513 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-bdf-filename-alist",
8514 Vw32_bdf_filename_alist
,
8515 doc
: /* List of bdf fonts and their corresponding filenames. */);
8516 Vw32_bdf_filename_alist
= Qnil
;
8518 DEFVAR_BOOL ("w32-strict-fontnames",
8519 w32_strict_fontnames
,
8520 doc
: /* Non-nil means only use fonts that are exact matches for those requested.
8521 Default is nil, which allows old fontnames that are not XLFD compliant,
8522 and allows third-party CJK display to work by specifying false charset
8523 fields to trick Emacs into translating to Big5, SJIS etc.
8524 Setting this to t will prevent wrong fonts being selected when
8525 fontsets are automatically created. */);
8526 w32_strict_fontnames
= 0;
8528 DEFVAR_BOOL ("w32-strict-painting",
8529 w32_strict_painting
,
8530 doc
: /* Non-nil means use strict rules for repainting frames.
8531 Set this to nil to get the old behavior for repainting; this should
8532 only be necessary if the default setting causes problems. */);
8533 w32_strict_painting
= 1;
8535 #if 0 /* TODO: Port to W32 */
8536 defsubr (&Sx_change_window_property
);
8537 defsubr (&Sx_delete_window_property
);
8538 defsubr (&Sx_window_property
);
8540 defsubr (&Sxw_display_color_p
);
8541 defsubr (&Sx_display_grayscale_p
);
8542 defsubr (&Sxw_color_defined_p
);
8543 defsubr (&Sxw_color_values
);
8544 defsubr (&Sx_server_max_request_size
);
8545 defsubr (&Sx_server_vendor
);
8546 defsubr (&Sx_server_version
);
8547 defsubr (&Sx_display_pixel_width
);
8548 defsubr (&Sx_display_pixel_height
);
8549 defsubr (&Sx_display_mm_width
);
8550 defsubr (&Sx_display_mm_height
);
8551 defsubr (&Sx_display_screens
);
8552 defsubr (&Sx_display_planes
);
8553 defsubr (&Sx_display_color_cells
);
8554 defsubr (&Sx_display_visual_class
);
8555 defsubr (&Sx_display_backing_store
);
8556 defsubr (&Sx_display_save_under
);
8557 defsubr (&Sx_create_frame
);
8558 defsubr (&Sx_open_connection
);
8559 defsubr (&Sx_close_connection
);
8560 defsubr (&Sx_display_list
);
8561 defsubr (&Sx_frame_geometry
);
8562 defsubr (&Sx_synchronize
);
8564 /* W32 specific functions */
8566 defsubr (&Sw32_define_rgb_color
);
8567 defsubr (&Sw32_default_color_map
);
8568 defsubr (&Sw32_display_monitor_attributes_list
);
8569 defsubr (&Sw32_send_sys_command
);
8570 defsubr (&Sw32_shell_execute
);
8571 defsubr (&Sw32_register_hot_key
);
8572 defsubr (&Sw32_unregister_hot_key
);
8573 defsubr (&Sw32_registered_hot_keys
);
8574 defsubr (&Sw32_reconstruct_hot_key
);
8575 defsubr (&Sw32_toggle_lock_key
);
8576 defsubr (&Sw32_window_exists_p
);
8577 defsubr (&Sw32_frame_rect
);
8578 defsubr (&Sw32_frame_menu_bar_size
);
8579 defsubr (&Sw32_battery_status
);
8582 defsubr (&Sfile_system_info
);
8583 defsubr (&Sdefault_printer_name
);
8586 defsubr (&Sset_message_beep
);
8587 defsubr (&Sx_show_tip
);
8588 defsubr (&Sx_hide_tip
);
8590 staticpro (&tip_timer
);
8592 staticpro (&tip_frame
);
8594 last_show_tip_args
= Qnil
;
8595 staticpro (&last_show_tip_args
);
8597 defsubr (&Sx_file_dialog
);
8599 defsubr (&Ssystem_move_file_to_trash
);
8605 /* Crashing and reporting backtrace. */
8608 static LONG CALLBACK
my_exception_handler (EXCEPTION_POINTERS
*);
8609 static LPTOP_LEVEL_EXCEPTION_FILTER prev_exception_handler
;
8611 static DWORD except_code
;
8612 static PVOID except_addr
;
8615 /* This handler records the exception code and the address where it
8616 was triggered so that this info could be included in the backtrace.
8617 Without that, the backtrace in some cases has no information
8618 whatsoever about the offending code, and looks as if the top-level
8619 exception handler in the MinGW startup code di the one that
8621 static LONG CALLBACK
8622 my_exception_handler (EXCEPTION_POINTERS
* exception_data
)
8624 except_code
= exception_data
->ExceptionRecord
->ExceptionCode
;
8625 except_addr
= exception_data
->ExceptionRecord
->ExceptionAddress
;
8627 if (prev_exception_handler
)
8628 return prev_exception_handler (exception_data
);
8629 return EXCEPTION_EXECUTE_HANDLER
;
8633 typedef USHORT (WINAPI
* CaptureStackBackTrace_proc
) (ULONG
, ULONG
, PVOID
*,
8636 #define BACKTRACE_LIMIT_MAX 62
8639 w32_backtrace (void **buffer
, int limit
)
8641 static CaptureStackBackTrace_proc s_pfn_CaptureStackBackTrace
= NULL
;
8642 HMODULE hm_kernel32
= NULL
;
8644 if (!s_pfn_CaptureStackBackTrace
)
8646 hm_kernel32
= LoadLibrary ("Kernel32.dll");
8647 s_pfn_CaptureStackBackTrace
=
8648 (CaptureStackBackTrace_proc
) GetProcAddress (hm_kernel32
,
8649 "RtlCaptureStackBackTrace");
8651 if (s_pfn_CaptureStackBackTrace
)
8652 return s_pfn_CaptureStackBackTrace (0, min (BACKTRACE_LIMIT_MAX
, limit
),
8661 button
= MessageBox (NULL
,
8662 "A fatal error has occurred!\n\n"
8663 "Would you like to attach a debugger?\n\n"
8665 "YES -- to debug Emacs, or\n"
8666 "NO -- to abort Emacs and produce a backtrace\n"
8667 " (emacs_backtrace.txt in current directory)."
8669 "\n\n(type \"gdb -p <emacs-PID>\" and\n"
8670 "\"continue\" inside GDB before clicking YES.)"
8672 , "Emacs Abort Dialog",
8673 MB_ICONEXCLAMATION
| MB_TASKMODAL
8674 | MB_SETFOREGROUND
| MB_YESNO
);
8679 exit (2); /* tell the compiler we will never return */
8683 void *stack
[BACKTRACE_LIMIT_MAX
+ 1];
8684 int i
= w32_backtrace (stack
, BACKTRACE_LIMIT_MAX
+ 1);
8688 int errfile_fd
= -1;
8690 char buf
[sizeof ("\r\nException at this address:\r\n\r\n")
8691 /* The type below should really be 'void *', but
8692 INT_BUFSIZE_BOUND cannot handle that without
8693 triggering compiler warnings (under certain
8694 pedantic warning switches), it wants an
8696 + 2 * INT_BUFSIZE_BOUND (intptr_t)];
8700 HANDLE errout
= GetStdHandle (STD_ERROR_HANDLE
);
8703 if (errout
&& errout
!= INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE
)
8704 stderr_fd
= _open_osfhandle ((intptr_t)errout
, O_APPEND
| O_BINARY
);
8707 /* We use %p, not 0x%p, as %p produces a leading "0x" on XP,
8708 but not on Windows 7. addr2line doesn't mind a missing
8709 "0x", but will be confused by an extra one. */
8711 sprintf (buf
, "\r\nException 0x%lx at this address:\r\n%p\r\n",
8712 except_code
, except_addr
);
8716 write (stderr_fd
, buf
, strlen (buf
));
8717 write (stderr_fd
, "\r\nBacktrace:\r\n", 14);
8722 errfile_fd
= _open ("emacs_backtrace.txt", O_RDWR
| O_CREAT
| O_BINARY
, S_IREAD
| S_IWRITE
);
8723 if (errfile_fd
>= 0)
8725 lseek (errfile_fd
, 0L, SEEK_END
);
8727 write (errfile_fd
, buf
, strlen (buf
));
8728 write (errfile_fd
, "\r\nBacktrace:\r\n", 14);
8731 for (j
= 0; j
< i
; j
++)
8733 /* stack[] gives the return addresses, whereas we want
8734 the address of the call, so decrease each address
8735 by approximate size of 1 CALL instruction. */
8736 sprintf (buf
, "%p\r\n", (char *)stack
[j
] - sizeof(void *));
8738 write (stderr_fd
, buf
, strlen (buf
));
8739 if (errfile_fd
>= 0)
8740 write (errfile_fd
, buf
, strlen (buf
));
8742 if (i
== BACKTRACE_LIMIT_MAX
)
8745 write (stderr_fd
, "...\r\n", 5);
8746 if (errfile_fd
>= 0)
8747 write (errfile_fd
, "...\r\n", 5);
8749 if (errfile_fd
>= 0)
8760 /* Initialization. */
8763 globals_of_w32fns is used to initialize those global variables that
8764 must always be initialized on startup even when the global variable
8765 initialized is non zero (see the function main in emacs.c).
8766 globals_of_w32fns is called from syms_of_w32fns when the global
8767 variable initialized is 0 and directly from main when initialized
8771 globals_of_w32fns (void)
8773 HMODULE user32_lib
= GetModuleHandle ("user32.dll");
8775 TrackMouseEvent not available in all versions of Windows, so must load
8776 it dynamically. Do it once, here, instead of every time it is used.
8778 track_mouse_event_fn
= (TrackMouseEvent_Proc
)
8779 GetProcAddress (user32_lib
, "TrackMouseEvent");
8781 monitor_from_point_fn
= (MonitorFromPoint_Proc
)
8782 GetProcAddress (user32_lib
, "MonitorFromPoint");
8783 get_monitor_info_fn
= (GetMonitorInfo_Proc
)
8784 GetProcAddress (user32_lib
, "GetMonitorInfoA");
8785 monitor_from_window_fn
= (MonitorFromWindow_Proc
)
8786 GetProcAddress (user32_lib
, "MonitorFromWindow");
8787 enum_display_monitors_fn
= (EnumDisplayMonitors_Proc
)
8788 GetProcAddress (user32_lib
, "EnumDisplayMonitors");
8791 HMODULE imm32_lib
= GetModuleHandle ("imm32.dll");
8792 get_composition_string_fn
= (ImmGetCompositionString_Proc
)
8793 GetProcAddress (imm32_lib
, "ImmGetCompositionStringW");
8794 get_ime_context_fn
= (ImmGetContext_Proc
)
8795 GetProcAddress (imm32_lib
, "ImmGetContext");
8796 release_ime_context_fn
= (ImmReleaseContext_Proc
)
8797 GetProcAddress (imm32_lib
, "ImmReleaseContext");
8798 set_ime_composition_window_fn
= (ImmSetCompositionWindow_Proc
)
8799 GetProcAddress (imm32_lib
, "ImmSetCompositionWindow");
8805 prev_exception_handler
= SetUnhandledExceptionFilter (my_exception_handler
);
8808 DEFVAR_INT ("w32-ansi-code-page",
8810 doc
: /* The ANSI code page used by the system. */);
8811 w32_ansi_code_page
= GetACP ();
8813 if (os_subtype
== OS_NT
)
8814 w32_unicode_gui
= 1;
8816 w32_unicode_gui
= 0;
8818 /* MessageBox does not work without this when linked to comctl32.dll 6.0. */
8819 InitCommonControls ();
8821 syms_of_w32uniscribe ();
8824 #ifdef NTGUI_UNICODE
8827 ntgui_encode_system (Lisp_Object str
)
8829 Lisp_Object encoded
;
8830 to_unicode (str
, &encoded
);
8834 #endif /* NTGUI_UNICODE */